Inverness College UHI Prospectus 2017-18 by IC_UHI

Prospectus

2017-18 Start Tomorrow Today

www.inverness.uhi.ac.uk

HOW TO USE THIS PROSPECTUS Our 2017-18 prospectus contains a wealth of information about our courses and support available to you. Here is a short guide to help you find the information you need. Finding the right course The subject areas are arranged alphabetically in Contents, opposite. Within each subject area courses are grouped and arranged by level. Check the Course Index on p272 to find a specific course. 1. Award/course title - The qualification (e.g. HNC is Higher National Certificate) and subject. 2. Entry requirements - A list of minimum entry requirements for the course. Interview Information Due to the nature of these courses you will be invited along for an informal interview/information session to allow the team to find out more about you and to assess your suitability for the course. 3. What can I do on completion of my course - A summary of possible careers and/or further training this course could lead on to. 4. Start date - Our mainstream courses tend to start in August, September or January. Part–time course start dates may differ. 5. Study method - Our courses are taught using a range of methods including face-to-face, online, video conferencing. A key is available below. 6. Campus - This is the campus your studies will be based at. We have two campuses; the main building at Inverness Campus and the Scottish School of Forestry at Balloch. 7. Duration - The time span in which you will study with us.

F2F Classes occur face-to-face in traditional classroom environment with practicals WP Work placement VLE Virtual Learning Environment. Classes occur in an online environment with tutorial support R Residential

Help If you require more information than is included in this prospectus you are welcome to contact us. You may also need to discuss possible career options, any special needs requirements or advice on accommodation or funding from us before applying. We are happy to help however we can, just get in touch! 01463 273000

Business and IT NPA / SCQF LEVEL 5

INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND ACCOUNTING

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

SCQF LEVEL 5

Mature students • There are no formal entry requirements. • Interest in the subject should be demonstrated in your personal statement. School leavers • Four Standard Grades at 3 or above/National 4 at pass, including English or recognised equivalent qualification. Interview Information For interview information please see page 2. _______________________________________________ This course has been designed to introduce you to the key business drivers such as finance, marketing and human resources along with the underlying skills of communications and ICT that are relevant to business.

CONTENT

STUDY METHOD & MODE OF DELIVERY B Blended. Classes are a mix of face-to-face and online or home learning FT Full-time V Video conference PT Part-time EV Evening class DR Day release DL Distance/Open Learning BR Block release DW Day workshops FL Flexible WB Work-based. Tutor and assessor support

info.ic@uhi.ac.uk

• • • • • • •

Accounting. Economics. ICT. Marketing. HR. Communication. Enterprise.

Mature students • There are no formal entry requirements. • Interest in the subject should be demonstrated in your personal statement. School leavers • Four Standard Grades at 3 or above/National 4 at pass, including English or recognised equivalent qualification. Interview Information For interview information please see page 2. _______________________________________________ This course has been designed to introduce you to the key business drivers such as finance, marketing, human resources and operations along with the underlying skills of communications and ICT that are relevant to business.

CONTENT

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC Business, HNC Accounting and HNC Administration. • Employment.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• • • • •

Accounting. Economics. IT. Law. Marketing.

• • • • •

HR operation. Communication. Customer care. Operations. Enterprise.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC Business, HNC Accounting and HNC Administration. • Employment.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Jan 2018

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F

18 Weeks

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year FT / 2 Years PT

Courses | 8

2 | how to use this prospectus

contents A warm welcome

Funding your studies

250

Why Inverness?

Support for you

252

Why choose us?

Helping you get employment-ready

254

Your Campuses

Bridge 2 Business case study

256

The library and learning resource centre

Create case study

257

Travel Inverness

Employer links

258

Student accommodation

International Business Short Course

259

Teaching methods

Additional support

International students Summer School programmes

260

Spectrum case study

Early Learning & Childcare Centre

262

How to apply

College courses for school pupils

263

Guide to qualifications

Student Association

264

Apprentice framework levels

Encouraging you to get involved

265

Graduation and Prize Giving

266

Postgraduate research

267

Developing your business

269

Course index

272

How to find us

274

Open to the public

275

course section colour coding Administration, business & computing

Care practice

Construction craft

Cultural and creative industries

Education

126

Engineering and building technology

142

Engineering craft

158

Hair, beauty and sport

172

Highers

196

Hospitality

210

Science, maths and forestry

220

Modern Apprenticeships

238

A warm welcome I am delighted that you are considering Inverness College UHI for your continued education. I often ask students what they particularly love about the College and I get a wide range of different responses, including: their teachers are highly experienced and share their passion for the subject; they are given opportunities to work on collaborative projects with local businesses and of course, the ultra-modern facilities in which they can learn, socialise and relax with friends. One thing that all our students agree on is that Inverness College UHI is a safe and supportive environment, that enables them to achieve their full potential. Inverness College UHI offers a broad curriculum, from basic level further education through to post-graduate study. Our workshops and laboratories mirror those you will find in industry, to ensure that you gain relevant skills, knowledge and experience to support you on the path to your chosen career. Our Campuses both opened in 2015. The main campus is located on Inverness Campus â&#x20AC;&#x201C; close to the city centre and has student accommodation on site. Our specialist Scottish School of Forestry is just a few miles away in Balloch. Inverness itself is a walkable, safe but vibrant City with a wide range of sporting, social and cultural activities, some of which are featured later in this prospectus. For those seeking outdoor challenges and adventure, many of Scotlandâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s iconic Munros and the Cairngorms National Park are close by offering snowboarding, climbing, white water rafting, kayaking and mountain biking. Nature lovers and those interested in history, art or architecture will have easy access to the beautiful beaches, marine mammals, castles, fortifications and historic battlefields across the Highlands and Islands. Our excellent employer links help to ensure that our curriculum matches local and regional skills needs and provides valuable work experience opportunities, as well as Foundation, Modern and Graduate Apprenticeship opportunities. Whatever course you choose, our staff will ensure that you are fully supported throughout your studies and our Student Association provides an important link to a wide range of events, societies and activities. I would like to take this opportunity to personally invite you to visit us at any time, to meet the staff and students and see the quality of our facilities for yourself. Diane Rawlinson Inverness College UHI Principal and Chief executive

4|x A warm Welcome

xxxxxxxxxxxxxx | 5

Why inverness? AROUND INVERNESS As well as having a world-renowned education system and more world class universities per head of population than anywhere else in the world, Scotland has lots to offer especially in the Highlands and Islands. Inverness provides you with a perfect base from which to experience the Scottish Highlands and Islands. From stunning scenery and adventure sports to haunting castles and spectacular landscapes, there are plenty of attractions for you to experience. OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES Just half an hour’s drive from Inverness College UHI’s Campus is the Cairngorms National Park and mountain range. This is the most popular snowsports destination in Scotland and has been offering snowsports for over 50 years. It has 30 kilometers of ski runs, 11 lifts, a fully maintained freestyle park and an onsite Snow School that caters for everyone, from beginners to experts. The snowsports season typically runs from December through until April, but this varies from year to year depending on the weather. Throughout the rest of the year, the national park is popular with climbers, mountain bikers, canoeists and walkers. For those who enjoy mountaineering and other mountain based sports, there are 282 Munros and 227 additional summits (over 3000 feet) in Scotland, the majority of which are located in the Highlands and Islands. WILDLIFE The Highlands and Islands is home to a diverse range of wildlife. Walk the ‘Dolphin Mile’ from Rosemarkie Beach Café to Chanonry Point and back and you stand a good chance of seeing our bottlenose dolphins from anywhere in the bay – plus seabirds like guillemots and cormorants and the odd seal and otter too. Then take a walk north to Cairds Cave and you will discover 400 million year old rocks outcropping along a dramatic coastline – plus peregrine falcons and ravens if you keep your eyes peeled. A short trip out to the Islands offers possibilities of seeing white tailed sea eagles, puffins and sea otters.

6|x why inverness

LOCH NESS Loch Ness is one of Scotland’s largest and most famous lochs, known around the world thanks to its elusive monster Nessie. With stunning views and untouched landscapes, Loch Ness is ideal for walking and hiking. The loch is also a popular spot for sailing and fishing enthusiasts, with salmon, pike, trout and more living in its fresh waters. HISTORIC CASTLES AND FORTIFICATIONS The many castles and fortifications of the Highlands and Islands are steeped in history and legend. Whether well maintained and occupied or in ruin, they tell the story of Scotland through the ages. Many have provided dramatic filming locations and are excellent for photography and artistic subject matter. Urquhart Castle is one of the most picturesque landmarks in Scotland and an iconic sight on the banks of Loch Ness. Situated beside the village of Drumnadrochit, it commands great views up the length of the loch and is one of the main sites for reported sightings of the legendary Loch Ness Monster.

282 m

unros

freestyle park & snow school

xxxxxxxxxxxxxx | 7

Why inverness (cont’d) Festivals There are music festivals aplenty throughout the year across Scotland and the Highlands and Islands.

Coffee Shops, Bars and Restaurants Groove Loch Ness is a new dance festival for the Highlands held in the stunning location of Dores Loch Ness. A nightclub under the stars!

The Room is a popular venue offering pub style food, all freshly prepared to order by real chefs. Look out for steak nights on Thursday night.

www.groovefestival.co.uk

Belladrum Tartan Heart Festival, which has sold out for the last 8 years, is held annually at the beautiful Belladrum Estate, about 12 miles from Inverness. Now in its lucky fourteenth year, Belladrum still appeals to a family audience as it always has done: from babes in arms to grannies in their eighties, and everyone else in between. Wacky old Belladrum features an eclectic range of musical genres and its eclectic coverage of the offbeat arts besides music make it resemble a smaller version of Glastonbury north of the Highland line. The festival takes place in August, and you can expect acts along the lines of previous acts: Kaiser Chiefs, Sir Tom Jones, Manic Street Preachers, Ed Sheeran, Twin Atlantic, Catfish & the Bottlemen, Travis, James, Feeder, Razorlight, Emeli Sandé, Deacon Blue and many more! www.tartanheartfestival.co.uk

8|x why inverness

Brew at the Bog is a festival of craft beer, new music and good craic!! This festival takes place every year at Bogbain Farm Inverness, a time to party to some excellent tunes and enjoy craft drinks. www.brewatthebog.com

Thunder in the Glens Rally is a must for all motorcycle enthusiasts. August 2017 will see thousands of Harley-Davidson riders from all across the world converge on Aviemore for this annual pilgrimage. The event is open to everyone during the day but there is a weekend pre-registered fee of £40 to attend the 5 entertainment venues in the evening. This includes camping if required. There is music and entertainment throughout the weekend to suit all tastes. Further details on the event and how to book tickets can be found at: www.dunedinhog.com

SoBar is a Sports bar with a huge downstairs floor space which includes a massive central TV screen (projector) and numerous screens around the walls. The bar is decorated with sports memorabilia, and there are also several darts boards along the wall and plenty of pool and snooker tables.

Blend Coffee Shop is a friendly tea and coffee shop in the heart of Inverness. Entertainment in the form of board games makes this a perfect place to chill with friends!

No 27 is a traditional style Bar and Restaurant which offers a warm and homely atmosphere in wellappointed surroundings and now with a fantastic new menu.

Sunset Café gives you a place to dream in, as you try to escape the daily stresses of life, and a comfortable place to meet your friends with free internet access. Movie night every Friday!

Music Scene Inverness is a small city with a big music scene. Whether you want to join a band, produce your own music or go to gigs and festivals, Inverness has plenty to offer. Ironworks is a professional live music, event and conference venue in the heart of Inverness. Purpose built as a live music venue, the Ironworks boasts state of the art equipment and a fully professional team dedicated to bringing Inverness the best in live music entertainment. In the past the venue has played host to the likes of Kasabian, Runrig, Van Morrison, Babyshambles, KT Tunstall, The Wombats, The Charlatans and Biffy Clyro as well as nurturing local talent in Inverness’s thriving live music scene and hosting popular local club nights. Hootenanny’s recently celebrated its tenth year and has three very different venues. The main floor (referred to as Hootenanny) is known most commonly to host Scottish and traditional music, the first floor (Mad Hatters) tends to host new, emerging and/or local

music and the second floor (The Bothy) which is most commonly used for acoustic sets and comedy. The Music Shed provides a fairly unique environment for local musicians and bands to rehearse and record in whilst emphasising a more informal feel than is usual for such venues. A vibrant mix of bands and artists including Martha Reeves & the Vandellas and Billy Bragg use the venue for pre-gig rehearsals and recording facilities. It provides a range of both recording and rehearsal equipment with a wealth of musical and technical experience on hand to help on projects such as video production to complement tracks.

Arts and Culture Discover the Highlands’ arts and culture attractions where you can see how the region’s landscapes, intriguing history and vibrant culture have inspired the work of many talented people. From the thriving city you can explore a fantastic variety of arts centres, galleries, theatres and craft shops spread throughout. You will find plenty to inspire you in the city of Inverness. The city has a varied arts and culture scene, mostly with a distinctly Highland theme. Here are our top 5 places: 1. Eden Court – Eden Court is the biggest and best arts venue in Scotland, as well as the 850 seat auditorium which regularly hosts the ballet, musicals and drama productions. There are new galleries, exhibitions, two state-of-the-art cinemas and a fantastic restaurant.

2. I nverness Museum and Art Gallery – The museum can be found at the bottom of Castle Street on its original site which was first founded in 1880. The museum has a wealth of new displays, visitor facilities and stunning exhibitions on geology and natural history as well as the rich archaeological heritage of the Highlands. 3. Inverness Castle – Built on the site of an earlier fortress in 1835, the castle sits on a low cliff overlooking the River Ness and the cathedral on the opposite bank. Originally built of wood, it was replaced by a fortress of stone on Castle Hill and it is long thought to be haunted by the ghost of King Duncan who has been seen walking along the banks of the River Ness in full regalia. 4. Inverness Cathedral – Also known as the Cathedral Church of Saint Andrew, it was completed in 1869 and is part of a group of nine churches located along the banks of the River Ness. Its distinctive twin steeples and riverside location make it an Inverness landmark. A Scottish Episcopal Cathedral, it has daily services and services on Sundays at 8.15am, 10.30am and 5.30pm. 5. S cottish Flair Art Gallery – Established in 2004, it’s a privately, family run gallery that specialises in Edwardian and Victorian Art, situated in Bank Street Inverness (located within The Riverside Art Gallery). The gallery is easily accessible as a city centre establishment and is open to the public free of charge six days a week, showcasing a superb collection of art in all mediums.

why inverness | 9

HND

Why choose us? Choice and Flexibility (p24) Speciality courses include Forestry, Aquaculture, Power Engineering Systems, Architectural Technology, and Quantity Surveying. Post graduate opportunities include the Professional Graduate Diploma in Education. New courses include BEng (Hons) Civil Engineering and BSc (Hons) Geography.

Sporting and Social Activities (p6) There are many trails from gentle strolls to more challenging hills and mountains, and long distance hikes to explore and enjoy on foot or by bike. The nearby Nevis Range is home to the UCI Mountain Bike World Cup. With the Cairngorms National Park on our doorstep, there is snowboarding and skiing for all abilities, an abundance of wildlife to discover and watersports such as fishing, sailing, canoeing and windsurfing, all within easy reach.

Work-Based Learning (p269) Our Modern Apprenticeship success rates are among the highest in the UK at over 85% in 2014-2015.

86%

Employer Links (p254) 86% of our graduates are in work or further study within 6 months of leaving their higher education course. The average annual salary of students moving into fullâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;time employment is ÂŁ20,621.* *(Source: HESA Destination of Leavers from Higher Education)

10 | x why choose us?

Inspirational Learning Facilities (p12) Include Performing Arts Studio, Sports Hall and Gym, Hair and Beauty Salons, Research Hub and Training Kitchens.

Environmentally Friendly campus (p12) Both Inverness Campus and Balloch have been independently graded using Building Research Establishment Environment Assessment Methodology (BREEAM) and have been awarded the ‘Excellent’ category.

Vibrant City location (p6-9)

Support Network (p252) Staff can provide up-to-date information, advice and guidance on most aspects of college life, including course information, careers advice and links with agencies outwith college. We are delighted that we were awarded the Buttle UK Quality Mark in recognition of our commitment to working with those who are in or have left a care background.

We are situated in the fastest growing city in Scotland.* According to Savill’s study of the UK in 2008, Inverness is ranked th fifth out of 189 British cities for its quality of life, the highest of any Scottish city. A Rightmove study conducted in 2015 found Ranked city for Inverness to be the happiest quality of life place in Scotland and second happiest in the UK. An ambitious expansion programme sets to transform the city from a population of 50,000 to 100,000 by 2030.

*(Source: Scottish Cities Alliance)

Student Accommodation (p16) New student accommodation is located nearby, designed with safety and comfort in mind.

employment

why choose us? | 11

YOUR CAMPUSES Inverness College UHI benefits from having a top-class learning environment which includes the latest ICT equipment, live work environments, excellent sports and leisure facilities and dedicated research space. Inverness Campus The majority of courses are taught from the main building at Inverness Campus. The Campus offers a high quality environment for learning, innovation, collaboration and business development. With over 30 acres of landscaped parkland and a range of facilities including the lochan and outdoor gallery An t-Eilean (the Island), the Campus is for the whole community as well as those studying, living and working on the Campus. Bright classrooms overlook the stunning Highland landscape making for inspiring study. The lecture theatre, gymnasium and performing arts studio are housed on the top floor. The ground floor contains a network of purpose built facilities including specialist machine, motor vehicle, electrical installation, welding and craft workshops. The Breagha Salon, the Sheiling training restaurant, care and independent living classrooms, and art and architectural technology design studios are amongst other specialist facilities. All students have access to the building’s learning centre and expansive study areas, and there are ample meeting and leisure spaces including the impressive atrium, the Lochan café, a small shop and the Corrie student cafeteria.

Balloch Our campus at Balloch is home to the Scottish School of Forestry. Having acquired its site from the Forestry Commission in 1972, the School sits in its own 10 hectare woodland in Balloch, making it the only forestry training provider with its own practical training environment in Scotland. Originally a clear-fell site, the area is a designated conservation zone, and over the years its students have contributed to the creation of a diversely populated woodland. This now provides a home for a range of indigenous species and the accompanying wildlife, including the endangered red squirrel. The School’s attractive larch-clad building provides an inspiring modern environment for students, with flexible classrooms and digital training facilities including a unique forestry simulator. Students also have access to first class laboratory facilities at the main building at Inverness Campus. In addition, students benefit from the development of the school’s very own arboretum. Whatever your course of study, you can be certain that you will have an inspiring learning environment and all the quality facilities you need to succeed at Inverness College UHI.

12 | x Your campuses

3 4

5 7 6

9 10 11 13

ntre UHI Marine Ce 1. NAFC UHI ge lle nd Co 2. Shetla UHI ge lle Co 3. Orkney I College UH Highland 4. North UHI ge lle Co Castle 5. Lews ge UHI gical Colle nd Theolo 6. Highla I College UH 7. Moray UHI ess College rn ve In 8. UHI ig ta Os รณr M 9. Sabhal I lle Co ge UH Highland 10. West for n io at ci h Asso 11. Scottis ience UHI Marine Sc I College UH 12. Perth UHI ge lle Co 13. Argyll

rtners thirteen pa the I is one of d Islands, College UH an s s es nd rn la ve In e High lands of ersity of th nds and Is iv la Un gh e Hi th e in in th d range of sity based ws a broa only Univer rship allo g digital This partne region usin e th ss ro Scotland. ed ac er liv . de ng be erenci courses to video conf es such as technologi

xxxxxxxxxxxxxx | 13

THE LIBRARY AND LEARNING RESOURCE CENTRE The Library and Learning Resource Centre (LRC) is situated at the Inverness Campus and offers a wide range of materials to support your learning during your time at college, including books, journals, and online resources.

If you want to use your own laptop or tablet, you can make use of our Wi-Fi network. There are also printing and copying facilities to help you produce your coursework. We look forward to welcoming you to the Library and LRC.

When you arrive in college we will show you how to make the best use of the library facilities available to you. A number of leaflets and guides have also been produced to help you get the most from our service. If you require help with any aspect of using the Library and LRC, please ask a member of our team.

The Scottish School of Forestry also has a library at its Balloch site.

You will have access to thousands of online journals, databases and e-books via the UHI Library Service and you can borrow material from other colleges and universities. You can also access materials from the British Library. The Library is a quiet study area, containing the books and journals you will need to get you through your course. The Learning Resource Centre is situated outside the Library area, and is a more informal study environment, containing a large number of computers and areas where you can study on your own or in a group.

14 | x the library

The Library and Learning Resource Centre are open at the following times during term time: LIBRARY Mon: 8.30am – 6.00pm Tues and Wed: 8.30am – 8.00pm Thurs and Fri: 8.30am – 5.00pm Sat: 9.00am – 1.00pm In vacation time (Easter, Summer, Reading Week) Mon– Fri: 9.00am – 5.00pm LEARNING RESOURCE CENTRE Mon – Thurs: 7.00am – 8.45pm Fri: 7.00am – 6.45pm Sat: 9.00am – 12.45pm 01463 273248

library.ic@uhi.ac.uk

Travel inverness WALKING

TRAIN

Inverness is a compact city, making it easy to get around on foot. Indoor shopping centres offer larger stores and eateries under one roof, with a wealth of boutiques and local shops just a short walk away. The street entertainers that are often seen in Inverness make walking the streets of the city centre a vibrant experience.

Inverness has great railway connections within Scotland and beyond. The railway station in the city centre offers regular trains across the Highlands, into the central belt and down to London. Students can access cheaper fares using their student railcard.

CYCLING Cycling is the fastest growing mode of transport in and around Inverness City Centre. Cycling is cheap, environmentally friendly and of course helps riders to keep fit. Our main campus has perimeter paths and cycle tracks, the Scottish School of Forestry campus is surrounded by forest track through which to ride and both sites have cycle storage facilities. The local area has fantastic mountain biking opportunities. www.tickettoridehighlands.co.uk/inverness-cycle.php

www.scotrail.co.uk

PLANE Inverness Airport is only a few miles away from each of our campuses and 9 miles from the City Centre. Flight destinations include the Islands, England, Amsterdam and Italy, to name but a few. www.hial.co.uk/inverness-airport

Inverness is in the top 15 most visited towns and cities in the UK.

BUS Both Inverness College UHIâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Campuses are served by buses from the City Centre and the Airport. Inverness has great links by bus to Edinburgh, Glasgow, Dundee, Perth and Aberdeen. There are also tours direct from Inverness. The Megabus service, which offers cheap travel between cities, also serves Inverness. www.explore-inverness.com/transport/buses

Over 600,000 passengers use Inverness Airport each year.

You can fly to 16 different destinations from Inverness Airport.

Inverness had 261,000 international visitors in 2015.

travel inverness | 15

STUDENT ACCOMMODATION We offer a welcoming and safe home away from home. Nearby student residences are designed with comfort in mind to make your stay enjoyable. The modern single and studio rooms include en-suite facilities, as well as a spacious wardrobe, comfortable study area and convenient storage. Single room occupants share the kitchen and living area with 5-8 other rooms. Studio rooms offer cooking facilities. Applications for student residences can be made directly with the provider, Cityheart. Further details on how to book can be found at: www.studentaccommodationuhi.co.uk/en/ locations/inverness

The College also has a list of local accommodation providers. The list is available from the Guidance Team, or from the college website. www.inverness.uhi.ac.uk/students/ accommodation

16 | student accommodation

TEACHING METHODS Our courses are taught using a wide range of methods. Alongside these various study methods, you will also need to devote time to self-study and we provide you with guidance and support to help. FACE-TO-FACE Very simply, face-to-face interaction with lecturers and peers in a classroom environment.

ONLINE LEARNING Taking an online course gives you freedom to study your course at a pace and location to suit. Busy professionals and parents can fit the course around work and family life.

THE VIRTUAL LEARNING ENVIRONMENT (VLE) Study with support from your tutor and Student Support Team. Blackboard is a Virtual Learning Environment used by students and staff to support learning in and out of the classroom. As well as allowing tutors to make available any reference material, notes, media and documents related to a subject, you can also get together with other students online and at group tutorials. Using the Blackboard software you can complete and submit coursework, check your progress, communicate with your lecturer and participate in lively, active debate with other students from around the world regarding the central issues of your learning.

Our staff will provide you with all the help you need, and youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll find our experienced tutors to be really friendly and helpful.

VIDEO CONFERENCING Video conferencing is used to teach, host seminars and hold meetings. Participants share PowerPoint slides, look at web pages together, work on the same database or spreadsheet or share a whiteboard, while seeing and hearing each other on the main video conference screen.

BLENDED LEARNING Courses at Inverness College UHI range from those delivered completely face-to-face to those that are delivered 100% online. Most courses will lie somewhere in between face-to-face and online. Students are usually required to attend some classes on campus and other work online.

teaching methods | 17

ADDITIONAL SUPPORT Whatever support you need, weâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;re here to help make sure you succeed. Inverness College UHI is committed to providing the highest quality of support to all students. Telling us about your support need is a really important step to ensure we can put the right support in place for you. You can do this at point of application, on the application form. You will then automatically be contacted by the Additional Support Team and invited to discuss how we can best support you and ensure that appropriate support is in place for your course starting. Practical, emotional and technological support is on offer throughout your course and can include such things as paperwork in a suitable colour/font, helpful support strategies for learning, assistive technology and class support. We can help with special exam arrangements, such as provision of a reader/scribe or the use of a computer. Support is also available to assist those with conditions such as autism, sensory difficulties, physical disabilities, mental health, dyslexia or social and emotional difficulties. For more information please contact a member of the Additional Support Team.

18 | x additional support

You can call us on: 01463 273526, 01463 273218 or 01463 273509

You can email us at: additionalsupport.ic@uhi.ac.uk

case study Spectrum Students at Inverness College UHI with autism can settle into their new surroundings quickly and flourish in their chosen paths thanks to the Spectrum Support Group. The ground-breaking initiative, which provides a weekly forum where students with the condition can share their experiences, took the University of the Highlands and Islands Student Support Initiative Award in 2016.

Some of the students who are in second year are helping new students to settle in and develop skills for studying. Spectrum supports students with additional needs, helping them develop employment skills, and giving staff a greater understanding of the challenges faced by students with autism. It also creates a productive relationship between the college and an autism charity.

Set up as a trial by the college guidance team in 2015, the initiative was so well received that it has now become a permanent fixture and came out on top in the scheme celebrating innovative projects which have enhanced studentsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; experiences. Andrew Denovan, a project assistant at the charity Autism Initiatives and former Inverness College UHI student, helped to set up and run the support group. He said: â&#x20AC;&#x153;Having a safe, regular and predictable space where students can come, relax and interact has helped them to make the transition to college life.â&#x20AC;?

case study | 19

HOW TO APPLY: EASY AS ABC A

1. Browse through this prospectus or the college website

Offer of a place on the course Once a decision has been made you will be sent a letter detailing your offer.

www.Inverness.uhi.ac.uk for a brief description of our courses and direct application. 2. Request more information Once you have seen a course that interests you, visit, phone or email our Guidance Team and they will give you more information as required. Or come to one of our Open Evenings. Details are available on the website and at the back of this prospectus. 3. Complete an application form Use the online application form via the courses pages on the website. If you need any help with completing your form, the Guidance Team will be happy to give advice and support. 4. Degree level study/UCAS Applications for degree courses need to go through UCAS. The main application deadline is January 15th, but they accept applications from September onwards. Please visit www.ucas.ac.uk for a form or discuss direct applications with our Guidance Team.

B Once we have received your application form you will receive an acknowledgement letter or email (check your emails regularly). For some courses you may be invited into college for an interview or you may be interviewed by telephone. The interview is informal and gives you the opportunity to ask questions about the course, timetable, materials and support available. It also gives you the chance to find out if the course is right for you. If English is not your first language you will be asked to demonstrate your English language skills. You may be asked to complete an English test to make sure you will manage your course.

20 | x how to apply

Unconditional offer This means yes, you definitely have a place on the course. All you need to do is accept your offer either by text or by email following the details on your letter, as soon as possible to keep your place. Conditional offer This means that there are things you still need to do before you can get a place on the course. It could be passing school exams or sitting an entry test. Reply to your conditional offer by text or email and then once you have met the requirements let the Admissions Team know and your offer will be changed to Unconditional and your place confirmed. If your application is unsuccessful please contact our Guidance Team for an appointment to discuss other courses. You can find the Admissions and Student Funding Team and Guidance Team at Student Services on Campus. If your require further assistance please contact our Guidance Team on

01463 273208

guidance.ic@uhi.ac.uk

GUIDE TO QUALIFICATIONS Inverness College UHI is approved by the Scottish Qualifications Authority (SQA) to deliver a range of academic and vocational qualifications. Our degrees are awarded by the University of the Highlands and Islands (UHI). We also offer programmes certificated by a range of professional insitutions, such as the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) and industry related awarding bodies like the Construction Industry Training Board (CITB). National Certificates (NC) and National Qualifications (NQ) SQA National Certificates and Qualifications are available at a variety of different levels, from SCQF (Scottish Credit Qualification Framework) level 1 up to level 6. These programmes consist of a number of units which fit together to provide you with a named ‘group award’ – a recognised qualification in your chosen subject. These programmes include ‘core skills’ such as Communication, Numeracy and Information Communications Technology (ICT). National Qualification (NQ) and National Certificate (NC) programmes typically last one year. These courses provide a valuable path to employment or further qualifications such as Higher National Certificates (HNCs), Higher National Diplomas (HNDs), or degrees.

Nationals, Highers and Advanced Higher Qualifications The world in the 21st century promises to be an exciting place. For those with the right knowledge and the most up-to-date skills, it’s full of possibilities. Nationals, Highers and Advanced Highers are designed to give you the skills you need to succeed. The new National Qualifications place greater emphasis on ‘deeper learning’. They require you to show that you can interpret and apply what you learn, display a wider range of skills, and make connections across your learning. They will help you to demonstrate the knowledge and skills you develop at school or college, and will help you prepare for further learning, training and employment.

Higher National Certificates (HNC) and Higher National Diplomas (HND) Our HNC and HND programmes are recognised by employers for their vocational value and have the added benefit of opportunities to progress directly into second

or third year of university courses. An HNC is generally equivalent to the first year of a degree, and the HND to the second. HNCs consist of 12-15 credits, and HNDs consist of 30 credits. If you study full-time, an HNC normally takes one year, and an HND two years. With an HNC or HND, you have the chance to graduate at the end of your studies and enjoy the success of attaining a qualification as valuable in the workplace as it is for continuing your studies. If you continue your studies, you will graduate on exit.

Degrees Bachelors (Ordinary and Honours) and Masters Degrees are available in a range of subjects. The benefits of our courses are that you can either enrol directly or progress on to them through NC, NQ, HNC, and HND courses in the relevant subjects. Degrees can be studied either full-time or part-time, and are taught using a variety of methods (known as blended learning), which include online, video conference, and face-toface. For postgraduate courses please refer to the UHI website www.uhi.ac.uk or information can be found via the postgraduate prospectus, which you can pick up from Inverness College UHI reception areas.

Industry and vocational qualifications We are proud of our reputation for delivering a host of industry-led qualifications, from professional cookery to hairdressing and motor vehicle engineering. Vocational qualifications are based on evidence of the way you do your job, and are designed to help in your career while encouraging you to go on to further learning. Standards are set at national level by Sector Skills Councils and industry training organisations (which are groups of employers, colleges and other interested parties). Qualifications on offer range from foundation training to senior management development. We also offer short courses, specifically designed to meet the needs of employers and industry.

a guide to qualifications | 21

Apprenticeships: Modern, Foundation and Graduate Apprenticeships in Scotland have been extended to include qualifications from SCQF level 6 right through to degree level. Foundation Apprenticeships give students in their final years at school a chance to make an early start by working towards qualifications and undertaking work experience. Modern Apprenticeships range from SCQF level 5 to level 7 and in some subject areas there are Technical Apprenticeships at SCQF level 9.

To find out how qualifications work for your subject area, visit: www.educationscotland.gov.uk/ nationalqualifications/index.asp

Qualifications of Higher Education Institutions

SQA Qualifications Scottish Qualification Authority

SCQF Levels

Training is delivered on and off-the-job enabling Apprentices to get paid to do a job whilst completing accredited qualifications. Graduate apprenticeships enable people to study right up to degree level alongside their job role.

How the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework (SCQF) works.

Scottish Vocational Qualifications

Doctoral Degree

Masters Degree, Integrated Masters Degree, Post Graduate Diploma, Post Graduate Certificate

SVQ 5

Honours Degree, Graduate Diploma, Graduate Certificate

Professional Development Award

9 8

Bachelors / Ordinary Degree, Graduate Diploma, Graduate Certificate

SVQ 4

Higher National Diploma

Diploma of Higher Education

SVQ 4

Higher National Certificate

Certificate of Higher Education

SVQ 3

Advanced Higher Scottish Baccalaureate

Higher

SVQ 3

National 5 Intermediate 2

SVQ 2

National 4 Intermediate 1

National 3 Access 3

National 2 Access 2

National 1 Access 1

22 | x a guide to qualifications

National Certificate

National ProgressionAward

SVQ 1

The Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework (SCQF) is a way of comparing the wide range of Scottish qualifications. Each qualification is awarded a level and a number of credit points. The level of qualification shows how difficult the learning is. The credit points show how much learning is involved in achieving that qualification. For more information on The Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework, visit www.scqf.org.uk

Apprenticeship Qualifications Currently Delivered by Inverness College UHI SCQF

Aquaculture

Civil Engineering

*Engineering Technical Modern Apprenticeship (Quality Improvement)

Construction

Engineering

Hairdressing

12 11

GLA 10 9

TMA

AA TMA*

7 6

FA & TMA

MA MA

4 3 2 1

SCQF

ICT

Social Services Children & Young People (Childcare)

Social Services & Healthcare (Adult Care)

Business Admin

Automotive

Life Sciences

12 11 10 9 8 7 6

FA & MA

FA & MA MA

4 3 2 1 FA = Foundation Apprenticeship | MA = Modern Apprenticeship | AA = Advanced Apprenticeship TMA = Technical Modern Apprenticeship | GLA = Graduate Level Apprenticeship These are the apprenticeships that we know will be available at the time of press, others are in development in response to local demand.

a guide to qualifications | 23

01 ADMINISTRATION, BUSINESS AND COMPUTING

SECTION ONE

ACCOUNTING & ADMINISTRATION

Delivered from North Highland College UHI.

“ I am leaving school and have 2 Highers at C or above plus 4 Standard Grades at 3 or above/4 National 4 at pass, including English or recognised equivalent qualification.”

BA (Hons) Events Management

Entry onto Year 2 Interview

“ I am a mature learner with no formal qualifications.”

“ I am leaving school and have 1 Higher at C or above plus 4 Standard Grades at 3 or above/4 National 4 at pass, including English or recognised equivalent qualification.” “ I am a mature learner with no formal qualifications.”

“ I am leaving school and have 4 Standard Grades at 3 or above/4 National 4 at pass, including English.” “ I am a mature learner with no formal qualifications.”

26 | Courses

Interview

CPD

Interview

PDA Medical Administration

NPA Administration

Delivered from Perth College UHI.

BA (Hons) Accounting & Finance

BA (Hons) usiness & Management

Entry onto Year 3

I want TO WORK IN FINANCE

HND Accounting

Entry onto Year 2

HNC Administration & Information Technology

HNC Accounting

PDA Office Administration

NC Administration & Information Technology

PDA Book-keeping

ACCA Certificate Diploma

NPA Business & Information Technology

Intro to Business Mgt & Accounting

Courses | 27

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT & LEADERSHIP

MSc Leadership & Management

“ I am leaving school and have 3 Highers at C or above/HNC for entry into year 2, HND for entry into year 3.”

MSc Human Resource Management

Entry to Year 1/2/3

“ I am a mature learner with similar qualifications.”

I want a career in management

“ I am leaving school and have 1 Higher at C or above plus 3 Standard Grades at 3 or above/4 National 4 at pass, including English.”

Interview

“ I am a mature learner with no formal qualifications.”

“ I am leaving school and have 4 Standard Grades at 3 or above/4 National 4 at pass, including English.” “ I am a mature learner with no formal qualifications.”

28 | Courses

Interview

PGCert Health Leadership & Management

PGCert Public Service Leadership

BA (Hons) Business & Management With awards in Finance, Human Resource Management, Marketing, Enterprise and Digital Communication*

HNC Business

Introduction to Business Management & Accounting

NPA Business and IT

Courses | 29

ADMINISTRATION & Information Technology

ADMINISTRATION

NC/SCQF LEVEL 5

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Mature students • There are no formal entry requirements. • Interest in the subject should be demonstrated in your personal statement and interview. School leavers • Four Standard Grades at 3 or above/National 4 at pass, including English. For interview information please see page 2. _______________________________________________ This course will introduce you to key administration areas such as word processing, IT, front of office, central services, handling business documents, researching and preparing presentations, communications and event organisation. There is also an opportunity for you to study specialised units in medical terminology. You will undertake a two-week local work placement.

CONTENT • Word processing. • IT. • Front of office. • Central services. • Handling business documents. • Researching and preparing presentations. • Communications. • Event organisation. • Work experience. • Medical terminology.

NPA/SCQF LEVEL 5

Mature students • There are no formal entry requirements. • Interest in the subject should be demonstrated in your personal statement and interview. School leavers • Four Standard Grades at 3 or above/National 4 at pass, including English. For interview information please see page 2. _______________________________________________ For those wishing an introduction to administration and information technology skills. A hands-on course that includes units on word processing, PowerPoint, reception skills, office technologies such as photocopying, internet and email, event organisation.

CONTENT • Word processing. • IT. • Front of office. • Central services. • Researching and preparing presentations. • Communications. • Event organisation.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC Administration and Information Technology. • Employment in an administrative environment.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC Administration & Information Technology. • Employment as an administrative assistant, receptionist, audio-typist.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Jan 2018

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F / WP

1 Year FT / 2 Years PT

FT / F2F

18 Weeks

30 | Courses

INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND ACCOUNTING

Business & Information Technology

SCQF LEVEL 5

NPA/SCQF LEVEL 5

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Mature students • There are no formal entry requirements. • Interest in the subject should be demonstrated in your personal statement and interview.

School leavers • Four Standard Grades at 3 or above/National 4 at pass, including English.

For interview information please see page 2. _______________________________________________

This course has been designed to introduce you to the key business drivers such as finance, marketing, human resources and operations along with the underlying skills of communications and ICT that are relevant to business.

This course has been designed to introduce you to the key business drivers such as finance, marketing and human resources along with the underlying skills of communications and ICT that are relevant to business.

CONTENT

CONTENT • Accounting. • Economics. • IT. • Law. • Marketing.

• HR operations. • Communication. • Customer care. • Operations. • Enterprise.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC Business, HNC Accounting and HNC Administration. • Employment.

• Accounting. • Economics. • IT. • Marketing. • HR. • Communication. • Enterprise.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC Business, HNC Accounting and HNC Administration. • Employment.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Jan 2018

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F

18 Weeks

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year FT / 2 Years PT

Courses | 31

INTRODUCTORY CERTIFICATE IN FINANCIAL AND MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING ACCA ACCOUNTING TECHNICIAN ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Students must join ACCA as a student member. • Successful completion of the Introductory Certificate is advised before progressing onto the Intermediate Certificate. This professional qualification, awarded by the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA) will build your knowledge in accountancy and management. It is an ideal course if you have no previous accounting qualifications and want to pursue a career in the area or if you require knowledge to support a financial manager. The programme includes recording financial transactions, management information, maintaining financial records and managing costs and finance. A fee is charged for this course.

What can I do on completion of my course? • ACCA Diploma in Accounting and Business. • Certified Accounting Technician.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / EV

20 Weeks

32 | Courses

INTRODUCTION TO FIRST LINE MANAGEMENT CMI/SCQF LEVEL 6 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

• There are no specific entry requirements, however, candidates are likely to be working in, or have just started, a first line management role.

• • • • •

These professional qualifications awarded by the Chartered Management Institute (CMI) in First Line Management are developed for supervisors and first line managers who have operational responsibility for a defined area of activity. They give junior managers the communication and motivational skills to help improve operational efficiency.

Recruitment and selection. Being a leader. Management team dynamics. Improving team performance. Resource planning.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Enhanced employment prospects. • Diploma in Management and Leadership.

The Level 6 qualifications in First Line Management are designed for supervisors and first line managers who wish to build on and develop their existing management skills and knowledge. Award Our Level 6 Award provides an introduction to the skills, roles and responsibilities of this management area. It will also develop your basic knowledge by focusing on the development of specific management skills. Certificate A more extensive qualification, our Level 6 Certificate gives you a broader knowledge of effective management skills while focusing on the specific management areas appropriate to you and your workplace. Diploma With a more comprehensive structure, our Level 6 Diploma gives you all the key skills and competencies you’ll need to become an effective first line manager.

Start Date

CAMPUS

By arrangement

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / VLE

Award 25 hrs / Cert 50 hrs / Dip 145 hrs

Courses | 33

OFFICE ADMINISTRATION PDA/SCQF LEVEL 7

MEDICAL ADMINISTRATION PDA/SCQF LEVEL 7

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Mature students This course is aimed at Applicants currently employed in an administrative role. If candidates are not currently working in an administrative role, they will need to evidence previous practical experience. School leavers Not suitable for school leavers as candidates require practical experience. For interview information please see page 2. _______________________________________________ For those wishing to formalize their practical experience and develop their administration skills.

CONTENT • Office Administration. • Office Technologies. • Personal Development Planning. • Communication.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Mature students This course is aimed at Applicants currently employed in an administrative role. If candidates are not currently working in an administrative role, they will need to evidence previous practical experience. School leavers Not suitable for school leavers as candidates require practical experience. For interview information please see page 2. _______________________________________________ This course is suitable for either those currently working in medical administration wishing to formalize and develop their skills; or those working in general administration wishing to develop skills for future employment.

CONTENT • • • • •

Word processing, PowerPoint. Medical Terminology. Hospital Patient Administration OR GP Administration. IT in Business Spreadsheets and Databases. Work Experience.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

OPEN LEARNING With tutor support

1 Year PT

OPEN LEARNING With tutor support

2 Years PT

34 | Courses

Book-keeping

ACCOUNTING

PDA/SCQF LEVEL 7

HNC/SCQF LEVEL 7

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Mature students • Relevant work experience in relation to the units being taught and/or evidence of an interest in this subject which should be demonstrated in your personal statement.

Mature students • No formal entry requirements. • Evidence of an interest in this subject should be demonstrated in your personal statement and interview.

This professional development award delivers the essential skills and knowledge for a career in book-keeping or working in an accounting or financial administration role. This makes it suitable CPD for those working in such a role or for anyone seeking to enter employment in this area. It consists of 3 credits and is delivered by evening class. A fee is charged for this course.

School leavers • One Scottish Higher at grade C or above, preferably in a subject with numerical content, or • One A Level at grade D or above, preferably in a subject with numerical content, or • NC Business with clear aptitude for accountancy demonstrated in relevant units. • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements as listed are encouraged to apply.

CONTENT • • •

Recording Financial information or Recording Financial Transactions. Using financial accounting software (SAGE). Payroll (SAGE).

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC Accounting. • Employment. • Career Progression.

For interview information please see page 2. _______________________________________________ This course is designed to prepare you for a career in accounting or financial administration. You will gain skills and knowledge in financial and management accounting. Successful completion of this course will allow you to seek exemptions from accounting professional bodies.

CONTENT • Recording financial information. • Preparing financial statement. • Using financial accounting software. • Management accounting using IT. • Cost accounting. • Business law. • Research Skills. • Economics.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HND Accounting Year 2. • 2nd Year BA (Hons) Business and Management. • Employment with local organisations as accounting assistants.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT/EV/F2F

1 Year

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year FT / 2 Years PT

Courses | 35

ADMINISTRATION & INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY HNC/SCQF LEVEL 7 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

Mature students • There are no formal entry requirements. Interest in the subject should be demonstrated in your personal statement and interview. • Basic IT skills required.

• • • • • • • • • • •

School leavers • One Scottish Higher at grade C or above, preferably English, Maths or Administration. • One A Level at grade D or above, preferably English or Maths. • Alternatively, a relevant NC qualification totalling at least 12 credits, NQ Administration and Information Technology or NQ Administration. • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements are encouraged to apply and will be considered on an individual basis. For interview information please see page 2. _______________________________________________ This course is designed to meet the demands and requirements of today’s modern business environment. Topics include database, word processing, spreadsheets, PowerPoint, office administration and technologies, recording financial transactions, personal development planning, and analysing and presenting complex communications. There is also an opportunity to study (subject to numbers) specialised units in medical terminology for administrators and human resource management. You will undertake a two-week local work placement as part of the course. The Day Release format gives the opportunity to study one day a week over 2 years and is therefore ideal for those in employment or those who are unable to make a commitment to a full-time programme.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / DR / F2F / WP

1 Year FT / 2 Years PT

36 | Courses

IT in business – word processing and presentation applications. IT in business – spreadsheets. IT in business – databases. Office administration. Office technologies. Recording financial transactions. Personal development planning. Business Communication. Work experience. Medical Terminology for Administration Staff. Human Resource Management.

What can I do on completion of my course? • • • •

2nd Year HND Administration and Information Technology at another UHI institution. 2nd Year BA (Hons) Business and Management. 2nd Year BA (Hons) Events Management. Employment of a general administrative nature.

BUSINESS HNC/SCQF LEVEL 7 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

Mature students • There are no formal entry requirements for mature applicants. Evidence of an interest in this subject should be demonstrated in your personal statement and interview.

• Business accounting. • Economic issues. • Marketing. • Managing people and organisations. • Using software application packages. • IT in business. • Business Communication. • Law. • Human resource management. • Work experience. • Preparing to start a business.

School leavers • One Higher at C or above, preferably English, Maths or Business Management; plus 4 Standard Grades at 3 or above/4 National 4 at pass including English, or recognised equivalent qualification. • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements are encouraged to apply and will be considered on an individual basis. Progressing students • Successful completion of Introduction to Business, Management and Accounting. • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements are encouraged to apply and will be considered on an individual basis.

What can I do on completion of my course? • • •

You can progress to the 2nd Year BA (Hons) Business and Management. 2nd Year BA (Hons) Events Management. Employment and self-employment.

For interview information please see page 2. This course will introduce you to business skills and knowledge, which will enable you to take up a career within a range of business organisations, including running your own business. Subjects include business accounting, economics, IT, law, marketing, getting started in business and human resource. You will undertake a two-week local work placement as part of the course. The Day Release format gives the opportunity to study one day a week over 2 years and is therefore ideal for those in employment or those who are unable to make a commitment to a full-time programme.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / DR / F2F / WP

1 Year FT / 2 Years PT

Courses | 37

ACCOUNTING HND/SCQF LEVEL 8 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

Mature students • No formal entry requirements. • Evidence of an interest in this subject should be demonstrated in your personal statement and interview.

Year 1 – HNC • Recording financial information. • Preparing final accounts. • Using financial accounting software. • Management accounting using IT. • Cost accounting. • Business law. • Research Skills. • Economics.

School leavers • Two Scottish Highers at grade C or above, one of which should ideally include numerical content, or • Two A Levels at grade D or above, one of which should ideally include numerical content. • Direct entry to year 2 may be possible with an HNC Accounting (15 credits). • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements are encouraged to apply and will be considered on an individual basis. For interview information please see page 2. _______________________________________________ This course is designed to prepare you for a career in accounting or financial administration. You will gain skills and knowledge in financial and management accounting. Subjects include financial/cost accounting, management accounting, business law, economics and management accounting using IT in the first year. Second year develops more in-depth knowledge and skills including law and taxation. Successful completion of this course will allow you to seek exemptions from accounting professional bodies. You will undertake a two-week local work placement as part of the course in the second year.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F / WP

2 Years FT / 4 Years PT

38 | Courses

Year 2 – HND • Accounting for specialised transactions. • Business taxation. • Financial reporting and analysis. • Management accounting for decision making. • Management accounting for planning and control. • Business Contractual Relationships. • Economics. • IT. • Work experience. • Income tax.

What can I do on completion of my course? • BA (Hons) Accounting and Finance, 3rd Year. • BA (Hons) Business and Management, 3rd Year. • Employment.

BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT BA (HONS)/SCQF LEVELS 7-10 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Three Scottish Highers at grade C or above, or • Two A levels at grade C or above. • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements but with considerable relevant work experience are encouraged to apply. • HNC Business (15 Credits) and HNC Admin (15 credits) may allow direct access to year 2, and HND Business to year 3 of the degree. _______________________________________________ The BA (Hons) Business and Management degree is a high quality, broad-based business and management qualification that will introduce you to all aspects of modern business. This course will equip you with all the skills you will need for a career in management. At Inverness College UHI, a key highlight is the project work you will undertake where you investigate real life situations, which enables you to put what you’ve learned into practice. In year 3, you can either choose to study for a generic degree in business and management or you can focus on one particular aspect, such as finance, human resource management, marketing, enterprise, tourism and Digital communications.

CONTENT Year 1 Units offered are: • Introduction to Work Based and Placement Learning. • Financial accounting. • Business law. • Introduction to Operation Management. • Introduction to people management and organisational behaviour. • Introduction to enterprise and marketing.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F / VLE / VC

4 Years FT / 8 Years PT

Year 2 Within the Business Management BA (Hons) degree you will have the option to specialise at the end of year 2. Units offered are: • Business contractual relationships. • Contemporary issues. • Business economics. • Management accounting. • Contemporary marketing. • Management information systems. The options are: • Business and Management – General. • Business and Management with Marketing. • Business and Management with Finance. • Business and Management with HR Management. • Business and Management with Enterprise. • Business and Management with Digital Communication. • Business and Management with Tourism. Details of the units within each of these pathways is available via the website.

What can I do on completion of my course? Once you have successfully completed your business and management degree, you might like to consider careers in: • Self-employment. • Public and private sector management. • Voluntary organisations. Further study in: • MSc Leadership and Management (you must be in employment). • MSc Human Resource Management.

Courses | 39

LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT MSC/SCQF LEVEL 11 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

• A good honours degree. • Those who do not possess an honours degree but have a degree, or degree equivalent qualification, and work experience at a suitable level within an organisation for an appropriate length of time, will be considered. • Qualifications from an approved professional body will also be taken into account. _______________________________________________

• Leading the contemporary workforce. • Managing in a global network. • Collaborative leadership. • Entre – and intra-preneurial thinking. • Understanding the public sector context. • Performance and partnership working in the public sector. • Information decision making. • Effective communication. • Ethical leadership. • Dissertation.

There are real challenges for leaders and managers within organisations looking to achieve more while controlling and cutting costs. Leaders need to take on greater responsibility to drive innovation and creativity within their teams, finding new solutions and new ways of working. Good management is central to business success. This programme is designed to provide an insight into the theories and practical skills needed to be successful as a leader and manager. Ideally you will have been working for a few years and have achieved, or are looking at promotion and developing those crucial leadership and management skills. This flexible and high quality Masters programme is designed to meet your needs within the contemporary working environment. It is especially beneficial for those with non-business backgrounds, perhaps in engineering, sciences, social sciences or the arts. It allows three exit points; PG Cert, PG Dip or full MSc.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017 & Jan 2018

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / VLE

1.5 Years – PG Cert 3 Years – PG Dip 4.5 Years – MSc

40 | Courses

What can I do on completion of my course? • Career in middle or senior management public sector/private/voluntary sector positions. • Further study.

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT MSC/SCQF LEVEL 11 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

• • • • • • • • • •

The aim of the MSc in Human Resource Management (HRM) is to give you the comprehensive knowledge, understanding and key skills that are required by today’s HR professionals to enable you to effectively contribute to dynamic organisations. Managing people – an organisation’s most valuable and often most costly resource – has, for a long time, been a key business challenge. Changing economic, financial, demographic, and political landscapes mean that the constitution of effective human resource management and how it may best be practiced is constantly evolving. Recent developments indicate clearly that the portfolio of HRM responsibilities within organisations is growing with the need for employee engagement with broader policies such as corporate social responsibility or work-life balance.

Understanding Contemporary Leadership and Management. Managing and Developing the Human Resource. Strategic Change and Innovation. Research Methods and Techniques. Talent development and management. Reward development and management. Employee relations. Employment law. Work placement (for those not working in HR). Applied research project.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Career in middle or senior management public sector/private/voluntary sector positions. • Further study.

The programme has been designed to provide a combination of awards that will enable the professional development of future HR managers and upon completion of the Masters, you will be eligible for Associate CIPD membership – the recognised professional body for HR practitioners. It allows three exit points; PG Cert, PG Dip or full MSc.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017 & Jan 2018

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / VLE

1.5 Years – PG Cert 3 Years – PG Dip 4.5 Years – MSc

Courses | 41

CERTIFICATE IN HUMAN RESOURCE PRACTICE CIPD ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

• Accreditation of prior learning and experience will be considered in order to meet entry requirements. • You may be required to attend an interview. • You must join CIPD as a student member. _______________________________________________

• • • •

This professional qualification awarded by the Chartered Institute for Personnel and Development (CIPD) highlights the importance of understanding the business and international context within which HR operates, and the role of HR in driving sustained organisational performance. It will develop competence in a range of core human resource practice activities, including employer resourcing, employee relations, performance management and reward and delivering learning and envelopment activities. A fee is charged for this course.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / EV

1 Year

42 | Courses

Employee resourcing. Employee relations. Performance management and reward. Delivering learning and development activities.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Enhanced employment prospects. • Diploma in Human Resource Practice.

DIPLOMA IN HUMAN RESOURCE PRACTICE

MANAGEMENT SCHOOL POSTGRADUATE COURSES

CIPD ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • You will have completed the Certificate in Human Resource Practice prior to commencing the Diploma. It may be possible to complete the certificate and diploma units at the same time, however, this must be discussed and agreed with the College tutor prior to registering for the course. • You must join CIPD as a student member. _______________________________________________ This professional qualification awarded by the Chartered Institute for Personnel and Development (CIPD) is an extension of the Certificate in Human Resource Practice. It will further develop your practical, relevant skills and confidence and behaviour to be an effective HR practitioner. You must gain nine credits in addition to a Certificate in Human Resource Practice award. A fee is charged for this course.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Further study at postgraduate level, i.e. MSc Human Resource Management. • Enhanced employment prospects.

• An honours degree (or equivalent) normally at 2.1 or 2.2. • A third class honours or ordinary degree will be considered with appropriate professional experience. • There is no barrier to entry based on the subject studied at degree level by candidates. • Candidates with no formal qualifications, who can demonstrate a capability and engagement in an appropriate CPD, will be considered. • Recognition of prior learning (RPL) procedures, and candidates may need to complete an appropriate bridging module. _______________________________________________ Inverness College UHI in conjunction with the UHI Management School provides students with an innovative and exemplary Leadership and Management Scheme. It is crucial to invest in the development of leaders, managers and entrepreneurs, to develop skills that will help them identify and seize opportunities to transform and sustain business performance. With this in mind, Inverness College UHI and the UHI Management School have designed a range of high calibre postgraduate courses to support professionals and the business community. Flexible and online courses delivered via our virtual learning environment (VLE) are available in: • • • •

MSc Leadership and Management. PGCert in Health Leadership and Management. MSc in Human Resource Management. MSc in Public Service Leadership.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017 & Jan 2018

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / EV

1 Year

1.5 Years – PG Cert 3 Years – PG Dip 4.5 Years – MSc

Courses | 43

computing

“ I am leaving school and have 2 Highers at C or above in Computing, Physics, Maths or Chemistry.” “ I am a mature learner with similar qualifications.”

“ I am leaving school and have 1 Higher at C or above in Computing, Physics, Maths or Chemistry.”

I want employment as a Trainee Programmer Systems Analyst Database Administrator

Interview

I want employment as a IT/Computing Support Website Design

“ I am a mature learner with similar qualifications.”

“ I am leaving school and have 4 Intermediate 2 passes/4 National 5 at pass, including English and Mathematics.”

Interview

“ I am a mature learner with no formal qualifications/NC Computing Level 5.”

Interview “ I am leaving school and have 4 Standard Grades at 3 or above/ 4 National 4 at pass, including English.” “ I am a mature learner with no formal qualifications/NPA Digital Media Basics Computing.”

44 | Courses

NPA Web Design Fundamentals (L5)

BSc (Hons) Computing (L10)

I want employment as a Web Designer/Developer Field Service Engineer Network Solutions Engineer Database implementation consultant Project Manager

HNC/D Computing (L7/8)

NC Computing (L6)

NPA Digital Media Editing (L5)

x NC Computing (L5)

NC Computing: Technical Support (L5)

NPA Computer Networks & Systems (L5)

NPA Digital Media Basics (L4)

Courses | 45

DIGITAL MEDIA BASICS

DIGITAL MEDIA EDITING

NPA/SCQF LEVEL 4

NPA/SCQF LEVEL 5

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Mature students • There are no formal entry requirements. • A fee may be charged for this course.

Mature students • Selection by interview.

School leavers • College interview.

School leavers • Four Standard Grades at level 3 or above/4 National 4 passes, including English.

For interview information please see page 2. _______________________________________________

Progressing students • Successful completion of NPA Digital Media Basics (SCQF Level 4).

This is an introductory course for those wishing to develop such skills as digital imaging, web design and desktop publishing. It is an 18 week full-time course available from January to June. It is ideal for the novice, those with an interest in getting into the IT-related job market or those who are already working in the area but would like formal training or to update their skills.

For interview information please see page 2. _______________________________________________

CONTENT • Computer hardware systems. • Digital video and audio acquisition. • Problem-solving. • Digital media elements.

What can I do on completion of my course? • • •

NC Computing with Technical Support (SCQF Level 5), or NC Computing (SCQF Level 5). Enhanced career prospects where knowledge of IT is required.

The National Progression Award in Digital Media Editing at SCQF level 5 will offer candidates a knowledge and understanding of acquiring and editing digital media elements in a fundamental area within the digital media area. This award will also introduce candidates to a range of tools to acquire various digital elements from a range of different sources. The award focuses on technical skills in the creation and editing of a range of content with a computing slant but also emphasises the importance of the design process and soft skills such as interviewing and responding to feedback. Candidates will develop an appreciation of reflective practice, as well as being able to produce an aesthetically pleasing product. The award consists of the following three units: • Still images editing. • Audio editing. • Video editing. The course runs for three hours a week for 36 weeks as an evening course.

What can I do on completion of my course? • NC Computing (SCQF Level 5).

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Jan 2018

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F

18 Weeks

PT / EV

1 Year

46 | Courses

COMPUTER NETWORKS AND SYSTEMS

WEB DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS

NPA/SCQF LEVEL 5

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Mature students • Selection by interview.

School leavers • Four Standard Grades at level 3 or above/4 National 4 passes, including English.

Progressing students • Successful completion of NPA Digital Media Basics (SCQF Level 4).

For interview information please see page 2. _______________________________________________

The National Progression Award in Computer Networks and Systems at SCQF level 5 focuses on the technical skills required to safely work with a range of computer hardware and network components, and highlights the importance of problem solving using troubleshooting techniques. The NPA introduces candidates to the practical skills involved in setting up, maintaining and upgrading computer systems as well as some basic knowledge of the structure of a computer system. Candidates will gain an understanding of how to correctly install and configure a range of system software, such as operating systems. The award consists of the following three units: • Install and maintain computer hardware. • Install and maintain computer software. • Computer networking fundamentals. The course runs for three hours a week for 36 weeks as an evening course.

The National Progression Award in Web Design Fundamentals at SCQF level 5 focuses on the technical skills required for the creation of websites, animation, graphics and interactive media, and highlights the importance of the design process. This NPA introduces candidates to the fundamental knowledge and skills, and technical and design issues involved in web design. Candidates will gain an understanding of design principles, copyright law and technical standards. The award consists of the following three units: • Interactive multimedia for website design. • Website design and development. • Website graphics. The course runs for three hours a week for 36 weeks as an evening course.

What can I do on completion of my course? • NC Computing (SCQF Level 5).

WHAT CAN I DO ON COMPLETION OF MY COURSE? • NC Computing (SCQF Level 5).

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / EV

1 Year

PT / EV

1 Year

Courses | 47

COMPUTING: TECHNICAL SUPPORT

COMPUTING NC/SCQF LEVEL 5

NC/SCQF LEVEL 5 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Mature students • Selection by interview. School leavers • Four Standard Grades at level 3 or above/4 National 4 passes, including English. Progressing students • Successful completion of NPA Digital Media Basics (SCQF Level 4). For interview information please see page 2. _______________________________________________ This course is designed to provide the underpinning knowledge for further study or entering the workplace in a junior capacity. The awards are concerned with the competences required to work with technological infrastructure in an IT environment. They build on the proficiencies required for planning, designing and implementing the hardware, network and software backbone required to support IT/technology application services and systems within organisations.

Mature students • Selection by interview. School leavers, Level 5 • Four Standard Grades at level 3 or above/4 National 4 passes, including English. Progressing students, Level 5 • Successful completion of NPA Digital Media Basics (SCQF Level 4). The course will provide you with the basic skills required to be successful in the digital age – you will learn how to build, upgrade and fault find on computer systems as well as developing interactive multimedia skills in web and app development.

What can I do on completion of my course? • NC Computing (SCQF Level 6).

CONTENT You will study a selection of units which may include a range of hardware, networking and programming units. The NC Computing with Technical Support course is designed to prepare students for an apprenticeship programme or employment.

What can I do on completion of my course? • NC Computing (SCQF Level 6).

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year FT / 2 Years PT

48 | Courses

COMPUTING

NC/SCQF LEVEL 6

HNC/D/SCQF LEVELS 7-8

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Mature students • Selection by interview.

Mature students • Due to the nature of this course you will be invited along for an informal interview/information session to allow the team to find out more about you and to assess your suitability for the course.

School leavers • Four Intermediate 2 passes including English and Mathematics/National 5 passes including English and Mathematics. Progressing students • Successful completion of NC Computing Level 5, NC Computing: Technical Support. For interview information please see page 2. _______________________________________________ The course will provide you with the skills required to be successful in the digital age – you will learn how to build, upgrade and fault find on computer systems and networks, as well as developing skills in Cyber Security. You will also have the opportunity to develop programs for mobile devices, and gain a professionally recognised qualification in Professional Computer Fundamentals.

CONTENT • • • • •

Server administration fundamentals. Hardware and systems. Programming for mobile devices. Cyber security. Computing project.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC Computing. • Careers in computing support, website design, IT systems design/support.

School leavers HNC • One Higher at C or above in Computing, Physics, Maths or Chemistry or successful completion of NC Computing level 6. HND Year 1 • Two Highers at C or above in Computing, Physics, Maths or Chemistry. HND Year 2 • HNC Computing. For interview information please see page 2. _______________________________________________

CONTENT HNC Computing/Year 1 HND Computing Science The course offers a choice of subjects in the areas of software and computing systems maintenance including SQL, planning, software development and hardware concepts. Year 2 HND Computing Science The aim of this course is to enable students to further develop the skills and competences necessary for entry into the computing industry. Topics covered include operating systems, systems development, software engineering and applications. The course has a strong focus on object-oriented design and programming skills.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Employment as trainee programmer, systems analyst or database administrator. • BSc (Hons) Computing Year 3.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year FT / 2 Years PT

FT / PT / F2F

HNC 1 Year FT / 2 Years PT HND 2 Years FT / 4 Years PT

Courses | 49

COMPUTING BSC (HONS)/SCQF LEVELS 9-10 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Year 3 – HND Computer Science. _______________________________________________ If you are looking for a successful career in the fast-moving computing industry, the BSc (Hons) Computing degree is for you. You will learn all the knowledge and skills you need to work in this sector, as well as developing key personal and intellectual qualities necessary for continued professional development. The course provides a high quality design/development web education that has been designed to meet employers’ requirements. When you graduate, you will be well equipped to implement and manage web design and development projects from start to finish. This computing degree also offers you the flexibility to specialise in software development or technical support, or to follow a generic degree path in computing.

CONTENT Year 3 – BSc Core modules: • Advanced databases. • Designing web-based applications. • Advanced multi-user operating systems. • Project (team or individual). Optional modules include: • Network server management. • Everyware computing. • Network and security management. • Intelligent systems. • Multimedia. • Research management skills. • Introduction to computer forensics. • Computer crime and forensics.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F / VLE / VC

2 Years FT / Longer PT

50 | Courses

Year 4 – BSc (Hons) Core modules are: • Databases: relational, objects and the web. • Theoretical computer science. • Web programming. • Dissertation. Optional modules include: • Mobile application development. • Intelligent systems.

What can I do on completion of my course? Once you have successfully completed your BSc Computing course, you might like to consider a career: • • • • • • •

As a web designer or website developer. As an interactive web-based software developer and designer. In server maintenance and management. As a database analyst. As a database implementation consultant. As a web-based services consultant. In technical support roles.

Courses | 51

02 CARE PRACTICE

SECTION TWO

CARE PRACTICE

MA Health & Well-being

I would like to train for a career in Health and Social Care

BA (Hons) Health Studiets

HNC Social Services

Leading and Managing Care Services UHI CPD Award

PDA Brief Interventions for Substance Misuse

COSCA Diploma Counselling and Psychotherapy

PDA Health & Social Care Supervision

COSCA Certificate Counselling Skills

NC Health and Social Care

Access to Nursing (L6) PDA Promoting Excellence in Dementia Skilled Practice

Introduction to Counselling

54 | Courses

Child, Health & Social Care (L5)

MSc Infection Control BA (Hons) Child & Youth Studies

BSc (Hons) Psychology

BA Childhood Practice

BSc Oral Health Science

I would like to train for a career in Education and Childcare

HNC Childhood Practice

HNC Care and Administrative Practice

SVQ3 Social Services & Healthcare

SVQ3 Social Services (Children & Young People)

NC Early Education & Childcare

Care Practice Flexible Programme (L5/6)

Early Education & Childcare Flexible Programme (L5/6)

PDA Education Support Assistant

SVQ2 Social Services & Healthcare

Intro to Care Practice (L4)

Courses | 55

INTRODUCTION TO COUNSELLING

Counselling Skills COSCA Certificate

SCQF LEVEL 6

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• There are no formal academic entry qualifications for this course. _______________________________________________

• No formal academic entry qualifications are essential. • Introduction to Counselling course is desirable. _______________________________________________

This course provides an entry level opportunity to develop interpersonal skills, self-awareness and theoretical knowledge. It will provide a basic understanding of counselling, the skills used, approaches and perspectives as well as practical exercises.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Career enhancement. • COSCA Counselling Skills Certificate.

COSCA is the national professional organisation for counselling in Scotland. The aim of this course is to enable learners to develop counselling skills with a view to enhancing work performance and personal growth.

Content The course focuses on listening skills and the essential qualities of the counselling relationship and includes an overview of major approaches to counselling: • Humanistic. • Psychodynamic. • Cognitive behavioural.

What can I do on completion of my course? This course provides the entry requirements for the Diploma in Counselling, which is needed for professional training as a counsellor.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017/Feb 2018

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / EV

12 Weeks

PT (day)

1 Year

56 | Courses

Person-Centred Counselling and Psychotherapy DipHE

PDA Administration of MedicATION SCQF Level 7

SCQF Level 6/7 Entry requirements Entry requirements • No formal entry requirements for year 1, but in order to progress to years 2 and 3, year 1 must be successfully completed. All prospective candidates must attend interview, and will be expected to complete a short piece of written work. • Students progressing to years 2 and 3 will be re-interviewed due to the significant commitment and skills required to continue. • A PVG must be completed. _______________________________________________ This COSCA approved UHI Diploma in HE is designed to facilitate a process for individuals who want to become professional counsellors and psychotherapists through education and practice. The course is made up of a total of 3 years training overall to obtain the full Diploma. The initial year consists of 2 sections leading to a Certificate level award in Counselling Skills. This serves the double purpose of providing the entry requirements for the further 2 years of the full Diploma, and also giving the student a standalone award in communication skills, allowing them to work in a variety of settings such as the police, social care, law, health sector etc.

What can I do on completion of my course?

• SVQ 3 Social Services & Health (or similar). _______________________________________________ The PDA in Health and Social Care: Administration of Medicine is a qualification which provides knowledge and skills to those who administer medicine, and also provides CPD opportunities for those who have to demonstrate that they have updated and maintained their practice. The qualification has links to SVQs in Health and Social Care at levels 3 and 4. Candidates should be actively involved in the administration of medication to individuals as part of their job role and function. The target audience for the PDA in Health and Social Care: Administration of Medicine includes the following groups: those who are involved in administering medication in social services and related settings, residential care workers, support workers and day care workers in services for older people, children and young people, mental health, care at home and housing support workers. The PDA in Health and Social Care: Administration of Medicine will be assessed holistically and Evidence Requirements will consist of a combination of off-the-job and work-based learning. Assessment arrangements will be agreed between the candidate and assessor and will take account of factors such as candidate workload and availability.

Employment in a number of sectors.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT Years 1 & 2, FT Year 3

3 to 3.5 Years

Up to 6 Months

Courses | 57

NC CHILD, HEALTH AND SOCIAL CARE

CARE PRACTICE FLEXIBLE PROGRAMME

SCQF LEVEL 5

SCQF LEVEL 5/6

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• All candidates must be 16 or over. • Four Standard Grades at level 3 or above, or four National 4 passes, one of which must be in English. _______________________________________________

• There are no formal entry requirements. • Your level of study will be based on previous experience and/or qualifications outlined in your personal statement. _______________________________________________

The aim of this course is to allow students to consider the various strands of care employment that are available to them. It will be of particular interest to those interested in health, childcare and social care industries.

CONTENT • Communication. • Numeracy. • Local investigation. • Information technology. • Families in modern society. • Sociology in care. • Psychology for care. • Values and principles in care. • Child development. • First aid.

What can I do on completion of my course? • NC Early Education & Childcare. • NC Health & Social Care. • SVQ 2 Children’s Care. Learning & Development. • Employment as a support worker in any care setting.

This course gives students the opportunity to acquire basic knowledge and understanding of working with children and adults. The course is designed to be flexible to allow students to work at their own pace to fit in with their own personal, work and life commitments.

CONTENT • •

Units from this course can be gathered to form the Group Award for PDA Education Assistant, but you should be working in an educational support role, and therefore it may not be suitable for school leavers to study these units. It consists of units at a variety of educational levels.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Guidance will be given on possible progression routes, e.g. NC/HNC Early Education and Childcare, NC Health and Social Care, SVQs in Health and/or Childcare. Progression may depend on other qualifications.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017 & Flexible

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year FT / 2 Years PT

PT / DL / WB

Extended PT

58 | Courses

SVQ 2 SOCIAL SERVICES AND HEALTHCARE SCQF LEVEL 5

SOCIAL SERVICES (CHILDREN AND YOUNG PEOPLE) SCQF LEVEL 7/SVQ LEVEL 3

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Applicants must be working in a care setting. _______________________________________________ Workplace assessments allow candidates to gain recognition for experience and workplace practice. Candidates develop a portfolio of evidence which enables them to match their skills and knowledge to nationally agreed standards for care.

CONTENT • Promote, monitor and maintain health and safety. • Reflect and develop your practice. • Promote effective communication. • Promote choice, wellbeing and protection of all individuals.

What can I do on completion of my course? • • • •

SVQ 3 Social Services and Healthcare. Enhanced career prospects. Meet Scottish Social Services Council requirements for registration. Progression to HNC Social Care may be possible.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Candidates must be working with children between 0 and 16 on a regular basis. This course is not appropriate for school leavers. _______________________________________________ These courses are flexible and work based aiming to develop knowledge, understanding and skills in early years and childcare settings. Candidates must be working in a childcare setting. Candidates will use an electronic portfolio to gather the practice and knowledge required to fulfill the Occupational Standards for the course. Candidates will study a variety of units that cover the holistic needs of children from birth to teenage years.

CONTENT • Promote Effective Communication. • Promote Health, Safety and Security in the Work Setting. • Develop your practice through Reflection and Learning. • Promote the Safeguarding of Children and Young People.

What can I do on completion of my course? • BA Childhood Practice.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Flexible

Inverness Campus

Oct 2017 & Mar 2018

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FL / WB

18 Months

PT / F2F / VLE

12 – 18 Months

Courses | 59

NC HEALTH AND SOCIAL CARE

ACCESS TO NURSING

SCQF LEVEL 6

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• You will have four Standard Grades at 2 or above or equivalent, including English; or • NC Child, Health & Social Care plus a pass in National 5 Care. • 4 National 5 at C or above, one must be English. • You will be required to attend an interview and complete a short piece of written work. • You must have a satisfactory PVG Disclosure Scotland check. _______________________________________________

To apply for Access to Nursing, you must have been out of education for more than five years and your personal statement should reflect any experience and commitment to working in this field.

This course aims to equip you with a thorough knowledge of human growth and development. Through theoretical study and placement the skills required to work in health and social care settings will be enhanced. This course builds the foundations to a career in either nursing, health or social care. All candidates have to complete an Enhanced Disclosure (PVG) check.

CONTENT • •

In this course students will develop an awareness of the skills required when working with varying groups of clients and also how to become a valued member of a care team. This is a practical course where the theoretical practice compliments the work placement. There may be an opportunity to study one Higher within the course (Care).

What can I do on completion of my course? • • •

Nurse education, paramedic education, further studies in allied health professions. HNC Social Care, HNC Care and Administrative Practice and thereafter possibly BA (Hons) Child & Youth Studies or BA Health Studies. Employment in a health/care environment.

This is essentially the same course as the NC Health and Social Care. _______________________________________________ This course aims to equip you with a thorough knowledge of human growth and development. Through theoretical study and placement the skills required to work in health and social care settings will be enhanced. This course builds the foundations to a career in either nursing, health or social care. All candidates have to complete an Enhanced Disclosure (PVG) check.

CONTENT •

• There may be an opportunity to study one Higher within the course (Care).

What can I do on completion of my course? • • •

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year FT / 2 Years PT

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year FT / 2 Years PT

60 | Courses

NC EARLY EDUCATION AND CHILDCARE

SVQ 3 SOCIAL SERVICES AND HEALTHCARE

SCQF LEVEL 6

SCQF LEVEL 7

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• Your commitment to this field and desire to work with children should be evident from your personal statement. • All candidates are required to complete a short piece of work at interview. • You must have a satisfactory PVG Disclosure Scotland check. • If you are a school leaver you must have four Standard Grades at 2 or above/four National 5 including English and other relevant academic subjects; i.e. History, Modern Studies, equivalent units may be accepted. • NC Child, Health & Social Care, including the achievement in National 5 Care Project.

• Applicants must be working in a care setting. This course is not suitable for school leavers. _______________________________________________

This course is suitable for potential students looking to pursue a career working with children and young teenagers. It is practical in nature and the delivery of theoretical knowledge compliments the time spent on placements. This course covers theoretical aspects of child development, child health, childcare, managing behaviour and play and curriculum, but it also has a strong practical element. Work placement is a crucial part of the course with all the students completing three blocks of work in an early years’ setting. Students also have the opportunity to sit a Higher in Early Years Education.

What can I do on completion of my course? • • • •

HNC Childhood Practice. SVQ 3 Social Services: Children and Young People. Employment as a support worker in an education setting. BA Child and Youth Studies (dependent on Higher results).

Workplace assessments allow candidates to gain recognition for experience and workplace practice. Candidates develop a portfolio of evidence which enables them to match their skills and knowledge to nationally agreed standards for care. Candidates will use an electronic portfolio to gather the practice and knowledge required to fulfill the Occupational Standards for the course.

CONTENT • • • • • •

Promote, monitor and maintain health and safety. Reflect and develop your practice. Promote effective communication. Promote health, safety and security in a work setting. Develop practice through reflection and learning. Promote the safeguarding of individuals.

What can I do on completion of my course? • • • •

Enhanced career prospects. Meet Scottish Social Services Council requirements for registration. Progression to HNC Social Care may be possible. Progression to PDA Health and Social Care to meet SSSC requirements.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Flexible

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F / WP

1 Year FT / Longer PT

FL / WB

18 Months

Courses | 61

INTRODUCTION TO CARE PRACTICE SCQF LEVEL 4 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT (example of units)

• All applicants will take part in an introduction session including information about the course, a short interview and an assessment. • Applicants should be at ease with study at National 4 level or equivalent. _______________________________________________

• • • •

This course is designed for applicants interested in working in the care sector who may have few formal qualifications, yet are keen to develop their knowledge and progress to more advanced courses. Students will cover a range of subjects with the aim of developing confidence as well as providing the necessary grounding to move on in their chosen area of care practice.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F

1 Year

62 | Courses

Group Award for National 4 in Care. Introductory psychology unit. National 4 in People and Society: Comparing and Contrasting, study and employment skills, IT, communication and numeracy skills. There will be opportunities for students to spend short amounts of time in placement.

What can I do on completion of my course? The Level 5 NC Child, Health & Social Care may be accessed with this qualification.

Courses | 63

CARE & ADMINISTRATIVE PRACTICE HNC/SCQF LEVEL 7 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Normally two Scottish Highers at grade C or above, or • One A level at grade C or above. • Preferably English or a science related subject. • Alternatively, appropriate Group Award at level 6 e.g. NC Health and Social Care or Access to Nursing, plus a pass in Higher Care or other appropriate group awards at level 6. • Must have achieved Numeracy at Level 5 or equivalent, and Communications at Level 6 or equivalent. • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements are encouraged to apply and will be considered on an individual basis. • Applicants will require satisfactory Occupational Health Screening and must have a satisfactory PVG Disclosure Scotland check. _______________________________________________ This course will give you the required skills and knowledge to take advantage of many different career opportunities in nursing, health and allied health professions. It will also prepare you for the new registration requirements for Health Care Support Workers and is preparation towards becoming an Associate Practitioner. On completion you will be able to pursue a career in a health related profession or pre-registration nurse education. You can also progress to the BA (Hons) Health Studies.

CONTENT • Safe working practice for care. • Therapeutic relationships: understanding behaviour. • Sociology for care: an introduction. • Learning through practice. • Hospital patient administration. • Understanding personal and professional development. • Care & administrative practice: graded unit. • Principles of professional practice.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

1 Year FT / 2 Years PT

64 | Courses

• Essential skills for care practice. • Physiology for health care professionals.

What can I do on completion of my course? • •

On completion of the HNC Care and Administration Practice, you will be able to pursue a career in a health-related profession or pre-registration nurse education including adult nursing, mental health, learning disability and children’s nursing in accordance with the regulations of the Nursing and Midwifery Council. You may be able to progress to the second year of the BA (Hons) Health Studies, or to a nursing degree with a variety of Higher Educational Institutions whom UHI has agreements.

CHILDHOOD PRACTICE HNC/SCQF LEVEL 7 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Normally two Scottish Highers at grade C or above, or • One A level at grade D or above, preferably including English, plus • Four National 5 English at C or above or equivalent. • Alternatively, the NC Childcare and Education, which must include a pass in Childcare and Development Higher. • Alternatively, an NC level 6 group award that includes a pass in Higher Childcare or a similar Higher. • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements are encouraged to apply and will be considered on an individual basis. • You should also have experience in child care or similar work. • You must have a satisfactory PVG Disclosure Scotland check. • You will be required to attend an interview. _______________________________________________

Units covered include: care in contemporary society; leadership; health wellbeing and safeguarding; lifespan development; theoretical approaches; promoting health, safety and security in the work setting; and developing your practice through reflection and learning. Practice competence will be assessed through the achievement of three mandatory SVQ Units from the new SVQ Social Services at Level 3 (SCQF level 7).

What can I do on completion of my course? • •

On completion of your course you will be well-equipped for a number of careers in childhood practice. You can progress to the BA (Hons) Child and Youth Studies or BA (Hons) Childhood Practice.

If you enjoy working with children and would like to make a difference to their formative years, the HNC Childhood Practice is the ideal course for you. You will learn a wide range of knowledge and skills to enable effective working in an early learning and childcare or a playwork centre. The course covers the theoretical aspects of child development, curriculum, planning and delivering play, observation, children’s rights and behaviour. The HNC Award in Childhood Practice at SCQF Level 7 will equip candidates to work effectively in a range of care settings with a variety of service users. Learners will gain an understanding of the values and principles of child care and will learn how to integrate those values with the necessary skills and knowledge.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F / WP

1 Year FT / 2 Years PT

Courses | 65

SOCIAL SERVICES HNC/SCQF LEVEL 7 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Normally two Scottish Highers at grade C or above, or • One A level at grade D or above, preferably including English. • Alternatively, an NC level 6 group award that includes a pass in Higher Care or a similar Higher. • You should also have experience in social care or similar work, either in a voluntary capacity or as an informal carer. • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements are encouraged to apply and will be considered on an individual basis. • You will be required to attend an interview. • You must have a satisfactory PVG Disclosure Scotland check. _______________________________________________ The HNC Social Services is a nationally recognised and valued award for people who want to work in a variety of social care settings, with a range of service users. It enables you to integrate knowledge, theory and practice effectively and will help you to understand how the National Care Standards and Codes of Practice relate to your work. The flexibility in the framework of this HNC makes the Award suitable for all full and part-time learners wishing to develop or improve their knowledge and skills about the Care world, and to seek employment in this field. All learners will have the opportunity to develop their Core Skills throughout the course, the specifics of which are contained in the individual HN UNit descriptors. Workplace Practice is of primary importance in the HNC awards in Care. Workplace Practice will be assessed either in the learner’s place of work, or in the case of full-time learners, in a placement setting. Practice competence will be assessed through the achievement of three mandatory SVQ Units from the new SVQ Social Services at Level 3 (SCQF level 7).

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year FT / 2 Years PT

66 | Courses

What can I do on completion of my course? • • •

Employment in a variety of care settings working with various service user groups. You can progress to the following UHI degree courses: BA (Hons) Health Studies; BA (Hons) Child and Youth Studies. Social work qualifications in other Higher Educational Institutions.

BRIEF INTERVENTIONS FOR SUBSTANCE MISUSE

HEALTH & SOCIAL CARE SUPERVISION

PDA/SCQF LEVEL 7

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• Literary subject at SCQF level 5, or above. • Candidates need to demonstrate their potential to meet the academic demands of the award and should be working in a role where they provide support to individuals with substance misuse issues. You should have completed SVQ Level 2 or be working at the level of SVQ 3. _______________________________________________

• Applicants need to demonstrate their potential to meet the demands of the award within their personal statement. Ideally they should hold an SVQ Level 3 or above in Care. • Applicants will need to have good experience in the care sector. Ideally, they should be working in a supervisory position, but consideration will be given to others. • Applicants will need access to a computer, and be able to develop the skills in web access, emailing and word processing. • Not suitable for school leavers. _______________________________________________

This award has been developed to bridge the gap in specialist training within addiction services in variety of health and social care setting. This course is an essential part of training for all caring professionals within addiction services and will give you a recognised career and developmental pathway.

CONTENT • • • •

Brief interventions for substance misuse. Carry out screening and referral assessment. Raise awareness about substances their use and effects. Support individual who are substance users.

What can I do on completion of my course? • This PDA will be invaluable as part of ongoing CPD requirements for staff.

The Scottish Social Services Council (SSSC) requires supervisors in adult care settings to have specific qualifications to meet registration requirements. As an alternative to undertaking a full SVQ Level 4 award, staff who hold an SVQ Level 3 in Care or equivalent can undertake this SQA programme. Students study the two units of the new PDA Health and Social Care Supervision Award, giving 16 credits at SCQF Level 7. May be eligible for SAAS part-time fee grant.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Students who advance into a management position in a care setting may undertake the UHI CPD Award Leading and Managing Care Services.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017 & Jan 2018

Inverness Campus

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / VLE

1 Year

PT / DL

5 – 6 Months

Courses | 67

MENTAL HEALTH; PEER SUPPORT WORKER* PDA/SCQF LEVEL 7

PROMOTING EXCELLENCE IN DEMENTIA SKILLED PRACTICE PDA/SCQF LEVEL 7

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Candidates should have good written and oral communication skills which can be evidenced by a qualification at SCQF level 5 or above. The skills to undertake this Unit could also be demonstrated by the process of application and interview in the absence of certificated learning. _______________________________________________ This PDA is designed to enhance the role of peer support for candidates working in the field of mental health and wellbeing.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • SVQ 2 or 3 Care, or • NC or HNC Social Care, or • Nursing qualifications or equivalent. • Candidates without formal entry qualifications will be considered on an individual basis. • Candidates need to have current, appropriate experience in working with people with dementia. _______________________________________________

• Employment as a peer support worker.

The UHI Continuing Professional Development (CPD) Award ‘Promoting Excellence in Dementia Skilled Practice’ has been designed to specifically reflect the knowledge and skills required by all staff working with people with dementia, their families and carers.

* Subject to approval.

CONTENT

What can I do on completion of my course?

• • •

Promoting quality of life through dementia skilled practice. Promoting relationships and networks through dementia skilled practice. Support individuals to identify and promote their own health and social wellbeing (SVQ unit).

What can I do on completion of my course? •

This award is designed to provide the knowledge and skills identified by the Nurse Education Scotland and the Scottish Social Services Council in Promoting Excellence: A framework for health and social services staff working with people with dementia, their families and carers. The award provides continuing professional development for staff working in this area and will help to enhance employment opportunities.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Jan 2018

Inverness Campus

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / F2F / VLE

18 Weeks

PT / VLE

1 Year

68 | Courses

LEADING AND MANAGING CARE SERVICES UHI CPD AWARD SCQF LEVEL 9 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

• Candidates need to demonstrate their potential to meet the academic demands of a SCQF Level 9 award. • Candidates must be working in a supervisory or management position. • Relevant qualifications include HNC Social Care, SVQ 4, Diploma in Social Work, nursing qualifications or equivalent. • Candidates need to have had a good working experience in the care sector. Some assessment tasks require students to relate to personal experience of supervisory/management practice. • Students need to have access to a computer with the ability to develop skills in online learning, accessing website material and word-processing assignments. _______________________________________________

• • •

Leadership and management in a care context. Leading and managing effective communication systems. Managing protection, risk and promotion of care values.

If you are a manager in a care setting this Continuing Professional Development (CPD) award can help you in your career development. It is designed to meet the registration requirements set by the Scottish Social Services Council (SSSC) for managers. The PDA Leading and Managing Care Services is particularly suited to staff who already hold an approved care qualification. The award can be completed within 12 months and a student adviser will provide ongoing support throughout your studies. The programme includes an induction and tutorials, which are highly recommended. Candidates need to have had good experience in the care sector. Ideally, candidates should be working in a supervisory or management position.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017 & Jan 2018

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / F2F / VLE / VC

1 Year

Courses | 69

ORAL HEALTH SCIENCE BSC/SCQF LEVEL 7-9 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • • • • • • •

Four Scottish Highers at grade B or above, or Three A levels at grade BCC or above. One B grade must include a science subject, preferably Biology or Human Biology. English is also preferred. For those who do not have English at Higher or A level then Standard Grade English at Credit level, or GCSE English at A or B is required. Recognised dental nursing qualification with evidence of further academic courses undertaken is not a requirement but may be an advantage. Applicants without traditional entry requirements are encouraged to apply. You will be considered for the course on the basis of a portfolio of alternative evidence of the required knowledge and experience. You must have a satisfactory PVG Disclosure Scotland check.

All potential applicants to this programme will be expected to demonstrate the following: • A genuine interest in the care and treatment of patients as part of the dental team. • Good manual dexterity as evidenced through relevant skill (e.g. playing a musical instrument or craft skills). • Team working ability. • Excellent verbal and written communication skills. • IT experience e.g. word processing packages, email and using the internet. • High level of commitment due to the intensive nature of this academic and clinical degree programme. This leading degree in Oral Health Science offers you the perfect route to a successful career in dental hygiene and dental therapy, a sector currently experiencing a severe shortage in skilled practitioners. The role of a dental hygienist/therapist is varied. Working to the prescription of a dentist you will provide clinical and educational care in the community, including those with special needs.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F / VC / VLE

3 Years

70 | Courses

Strong communication skills and the ability to work well in a team are essential and here at UHI we aim to hone these qualities. You will receive a thorough understanding in all aspects of dental care including the latest in practical skills and procedures. Delivered from our purpose-built dental buildings in Inverness and Dumfries, you will have access to state-of-the-art equipment and a highly skilled team of clinical and academic staff.

CONTENT Year 1 – CertHE • Behavioural science. • Biomedical science. • Clinical dentistry 1. • Clinical practice 1. • Oral biology. Year 2 – DipHE • Clinical dentistry 2. • Clinical practice 2. • Dental biomaterials and imaging. • Dental public health. • Human disease. Year 3 – BSc • Clinical dentistry 3.1. • Clinical dentistry 3.2. • Dental public health and career preparation. • Clinical practice 3.

What can I do on completion of my course? • • • • • •

There is a serious shortage of dental therapists working within the NHS and on successful completion of this BSc Oral Health Science course there will be many career opportunities open to you, including: General dental practice. Salaried dental practice. Hospital practice. Armed services. Academic training.

CHILD & YOUTH STUDIES BA (HONS)/SCQF LEVELS 7-10 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • • • • •

Three Scottish Highers at grade C or above, or Two A levels at grade C or above. Applicants with relevant professional qualifications and/or experience are also welcomed. You may be able to enter year two if you have the HNC Early Education and Childcare or Social Care plus additional credits. You are required to attend an interview, either in person or by telephone, to discuss the course in detail and to explain the method of teaching.

_______________________________________________ This leading BA (Hons) Child and Youth Studies course will give you a rigorous understanding of the specific concerns associated with child and youth issues in this region within the broader context of the UK and Europe. The course is taught wholly online via UHI’s virtual learning environment (VLE) and you will be supported locally by a study adviser face-to-face, via email, telephone and online, which means that you can fit your studies around your personal and professional commitments.

CONTENT Year 1 – CertHE Core modules: • Introduction to social policy. • Nature of health. • Introduction to the early childhood philosophy and practice. • Psychology of developmental and individual differences. • Sociology of the family. Year 2 – DipHE Core modules: • Recognising and challenging discrimination and disadvantage. • Working in partnership. • Adolescence. • Foundations of research.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / VLE

4 Years FT / 8 Years PT

Optional modules, from which you must choose two, include: • Practical research and analysis skills. • Advanced study skills. • Play and childhood. • Providing a curriculum for life. • Care and control. • Cognition. • Health psychology. • Qualitative research methods. • Principles and foundations of health promotion. • Specialist provision. • Contemporary issues. • The individual, society and the health continuum. • The urban rural divide. Year 3 – BA Core modules: • Legislation and childhood. • Issues of risk. • Literature review. • Comparative childcare 1. Optional modules include: • Ethical issues. • Introduction to effective management and leadership. • Promoting and enhancing parenting. • Promotion of diversity and equality. • Advanced (research) methods in psychology. • Practical research and analysis skills. Year 4 – Hons Core modules: • Dissertation. • Professional Issues 1. Selection of optional modules

What can I do on completion of my course? • •

Once you have successful completed this BA (Hons) Child and Youth Studies course, you might like to consider careers in child and social care, education or in a variety of health-related fields. You can progress from the BA (Hons) Child and Youth Studies to the MA Health and Wellbeing.

Courses | 71

HEALTH STUDIES BA (HONS)/SCQF LEVEL 7-10 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

• Three Scottish Highers at grade C or above, or • Two A levels at grade C or above. • Other qualifications that may be accepted by the course team include: an appropriate NQ level award at SCQF 6, an SVQ/NVQ at Level 3, or an appropriate access course. • Applicants without traditional entry qualifications but with appropriate experience will be considered for the course or access to UHI Degree Studies. • Nurses will be eligible for recognition of prior learning (RPL) as agreed by NHS Education for Scotland for entry into years 2 or 3 of the BA (Hons) Health Studies depending on level of qualification. • Candidates with HNC Social Care, HNC Health Care, HNC Care and Administration Practice or HNC Social Science (or other relevant HNC) can apply for entry to year 2 of the degree. _______________________________________________

Year 1 – CertHE Core modules: • Nature of health. • Introduction to psychology. • Introduction to social policy. • Sociology of the family.

This BA (Hons) Health Studies course focuses on topical health issues including sociology, psychology, public health, rural health issues and health care ethics. If you are looking to follow a career in health or social work, or you’d like to specialise in a particular area, this course is for you. In the first year you will be introduced to the many factors that influence health and wellbeing. You can then progress to the generic rural health or health and welfare stream of the degree. The second and third years allow you to tailor your course to subjects of specialist interest, depending on whether you choose the Health Studies, Rural Health, or Health and Welfare route.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017 & Jan 2018

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / VLE

4 Years FT / 8 Years PT

72 | Courses

Optional modules: • Personal effectiveness and study skills. • Anatomy and physiology. • Psychology of individual differences. • Introduction to sustainable development (a core module for the Rural Health degree). Year 2 – DipHE Core modules: • Working in partnership. • Empowering communities. • Principles and foundations of health promotion. • Foundations of research. Optional modules: • Care and control. • Recognising and challenging discrimination and disadvantage. • Qualitative research methods. • Health psychology. • Diabetes. • The individual, society and the health continuum. • Specialist provision. • Urban rural divide (a core for the Rural Health degree). • Contemporary issues. • Adolescence: development and individual differences. • Comparative politics.

Year 3 – BA Core modules: • Literature review. • Promotion of diversity and equality. • Healthy people, healthy places: challenges for public health.

WHAT CAN I DO ON COMPLETION OF MY COURSE?

Optional modules: • Ethical issues. • Remote and rural health (a core module for the Rural Health degree). • Legislation and childhood. • Promoting and enhancing parenting. • Introduction to effective management and leadership. • Alcohol and drug studies. • Issues of risk. • Practical research skills and analysis. • Developmental psychology: learning in the classroom.

• Health services management and health promotion. • Research and development, and community development. • Health needs assessment and project management. • International, national and local government organisations and ‘third sector’ organisations. • MA Health and Wellbeing.

Once you have successfully completed your BA (Hons) Health Studies degree you might like to consider careers in the following areas:

Year 4 – BA (Hons) Core modules: • Dissertation. • Comparative health studies. Optional modules: • Professional issues 1. • Developmental disorders. • Child and adolescent mental health. • Managing health. • Disability and society. • Professional issues 2. • Abnormal psychology. • Social inclusion and exclusion.

Courses | 73

PSYCHOLOGY BSC (HONS)/SCQF LEVEL 7-10 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

• Three Scottish Highers at grade BBC or above, or • Two A levels at grade BC or above. • These must include English or any literate subject and you must have a credit pass in Standard Grade Maths, or its equivalent. • Applicants without traditional entry qualifications but with appropriate experience may be considered for the course. • You will be required to attend an interview at your enrolling college. • Non-UK qualifications will be considered. Please fill in the relevant application form (depending on whether you are an EEA or international applicant), providing the details of your qualifications. Please enclose/attach a copy of relevant certificates and evidence of your English language skills. This will enable us to assess your eligibility for the course to which you are applying. _______________________________________________

Year 1 – CertHE • Introduction to psychology. • Psychology of individual differences and development. • Foundations of research. • Practicals in psychology 1. • Option.

Are you fascinated by the science of the human mind? Do you wonder what leads us to behave in certain ways? If so, then our BSc (Hons) Psychology course could be the path for you. Research is critical to the practice of answering questions associated with human behaviour. This up-to-date course will enable you to develop the ability to ask research questions and, crucially, you will develop the skills of critical analysis and evaluation to find the answers to these questions. The degree is accredited by the British Psychological Society (BPS). This allows you to be eligible for graduate registration, a necessary condition for most professional psychology training.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F / VLE

4 Years FT / 8 Years PT

74 | Courses

Year 2 – DipHE • Practical research and analysis skills. • Practicals in psychology 2. • Cognition. • Health psychology. • Adolescence. • Option. Year 3 – BSc • Biological psychology. • Cognitive psychology. • Social psychology. • Individual differences. • Advanced research skills. • Developmental psychology. Year 4 – BSc (Hons) Core modules are: • Dissertation. • Conceptual and historical issues in psychology.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Once you have successfully completed your BSc (Hons) Psychology course, you will be in a position to consider a wide range of careers. • Psychological knowledge and its associated research skills are highly regarded by employers and have a range of applications, for example in industry, commerce, health and social studies .

case study Childhood practice Giving young people the chance to thrive has long been a passion for Angela Cameron. Now the Inverness College UHI student is being given the opportunity to make her own dreams come true by completing the Honours year of her BA in Childhood Practice. Angela, 43, chose the degree to ensure she was equipped with the skills to offer young children the very best start in life, building on previous studies when she undertook the Scottish Nursery Nursing Examination Board Qualification. Her dedication has seen her receive an assessor’s award, the latest step along the way on the route to becoming a fully-fledged expert in looking after children and young families. Reflecting on her studies, Angela said: “I wanted to have the skills necessary to make changes to improve learning opportunities for young people. The degree offered me this and more.

“I was able to develop my reflective skills considerably and it has only served to heighten my determination to ensure that the voice of the child is heard.” Angela is now working as an assessor at Inverness College UHI and credits the institution for giving her the knowledge, courage and optimism to flourish in her chosen role. She added: “Studying has changed my life and helped me have a positive effect on children’s learning. This is now transferring to supporting people achieving their practitioner awards.”

”

The course is well supported, with encouraging lecturers, and the pastoral care is exceptional.

”

CASE STUDY | 75

CHILDHOOD PRACTICE BA (HONS)/SCQF LEVELS 8-10 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

• HNC Early Education and Childcare. • SVQ Level 3 Children’s Care Learning and Development. • SVQ Level 3 Playwork, or equivalent. • You must be in a relevant workplace environment and have the equivalent of the first year of a degree from previous qualifications to enter the second year of the course. • Previous qualifications at second year level will also be considered e.g. PDA Early Education and Childcare/Childhood Practice, SVQ Level 4 Playwork and SVQ Level 4 Children’s Care and Learning and Development. • Alternative entry qualifications will be considered, but will be based on relevant professional qualifications as defined by SSSC plus appropriate experience. • Applicants are also required to complete a detailed applicant profile. _______________________________________________

Year 1 – DipHE Core modules: • Practitioner research in childhood practice. • Managing quality in a childhood practice setting. • Developing leadership and management in childhood practice. • Integration, collaboration and professional childhood practice.

If you are working in childhood practice and are looking to gain the Scottish Social Services Council (SSSC) qualification to advance your career as a lead practitioner or manager, then this BA (Hons) Childhood Practice course has been designed for you. This innovative course meets the Scottish subject benchmark statement, the Standard for Childhood Practice. The focus is very much on applying theory to real working practice. You are therefore required to be in relevant employment, as elements of the course will include assessment of professional skills. A particular benefit of this is that you will be able to investigate an area of special interest in depth. On successful completion of the course you will have acquired the practical skills and academic knowledge to move on to the lead practitioner/manager role. Similarly you will be well equipped to take further professional qualifications or a PGDE.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sept 2017 & Jan 2018 (PT)

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / VLE

2-3 Years FT / 4-6 Years PT

76 | Courses

You will also select two optional modules which may include: • Play and childhood. • Providing curriculum for life. • Care and control. • Recognising and challenging discrimination and disadvantage. • Health psychology. • Working in partnership. • Principles and foundations of health promotion. • Adolescence: development and individual differences. • Specialist provision. • Individual society and the health continuum. Year 2 – BA Core modules: • Promoting children’s rights and inclusion in childhood practice. • Contemporary issues in childhood practice. • Developing a childhood practice work-based project. • Managing and leading quality services in childhood practice. • Co-ordination, partnership and integration in childhood practice. • Managing a childhood practice workplace project. Year 3 – BA (Hons) Core module: • Dissertation. • Comparative Childcare; A European Perspective. • Professional Issues 1. • A selection of optional units

What can I do on completion of my course? â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Once you have successfully completed your BA Childhood Practice course, you will have gained a qualification recognised by the Scottish Social Service Council for Lead Practitioner/Manager in a wide range of early years and childcare settings. In addition, it will also provide valuable CPD for those working in the sector. PGDE Primary Teaching (you will need English at Higher level (or equivalent) and Maths at Intermediate 2 (or equivalent).

Courses | 77

HEALTH & WELlBeING MA/SCQF LEVEL 11 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

• 2:1 honours degree, or equivalent, or • Postgraduate diploma award or a professional qualification recognised as being equivalent to an honours degree. • Applicants with a 2:2 honours degree or below, an ordinary degree or DipHE in a relevant subject, plus relevant professional experience may also be considered. • Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) and/or Accreditation of Prior Certificated Learning (APCL) may also be claimed. • All students should be in employment and/or engaged in voluntary activities. _______________________________________________

PGCert Core modules: • Policy into practice. • Individual and social influences on health.

The MA Health and Wellbeing is designed to meet the career development needs of health and social care professionals in the UK.

Optional modules include: • Advanced diabetes. • Child and adolescent mental health. • Developing communities. • Disability and society. • Enabling self-management: developing practice. • Enabling self-management: leading change. • Ethics in health & wellbeing. • Informatics in health and social care. • Leading and managing remotely. • Understanding contemporary leadership and management.

The course will increase your awareness of the social, technological, economic, political and environmental changes taking place within health and social care, whether in the public, private or voluntary sectors, enabling you to take your career to the next stage. You will study core modules in the development of national and international health and social care policy, the influence of sociology, psychology and ethics on our understanding of health and wellbeing, the issues of health and social care provision in remote and rural areas as well as gaining skills in research methods. You will also have the opportunity to study modules in more specialised areas of health and social care, such as diabetes management and child and adolescent mental health. You will study part-time through fully-supported online distance learning, with lectures, tutorials and other materials accessible via the UHI virtual learning environment (VLE). You will receive regular support from your tutors and peers via online discussions, telephone and email, whichever suits you best.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Online via Lews Castle

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / VLE

Various

78 | Courses

PGDip If you wish to progress to the MA, the core modules are: • Challenges and practice solutions in remote and rural areas. • Qualitative inquiry. • One option from the list below. Alternatively, if you do not wish to continue to Masters level you can study the first core module and two options from the list below.

What can I do on completion of my course? • •

Once you have completed your MA Health and Wellbeing course, NHS staff currently on bands 5 and 6 of the NHS Career Framework Ladder can progress to bands 7 and 8. Completion of this course will also lead to enhanced employment opportunities and progression may be possible to Ph.D. study.

INFECTION CONTROL MSC/SCQF LEVEL 11 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

• 2:1 honours degree in a health subject. • Applicants with an ordinary degree or below, but with a minimum of three years relevant experience and/or successful completion of one of the following SCQF level 9 modules will also be considered, in some cases with a bridging module: • Infection Control. • HAI Surveillance. _______________________________________________

PgCert Core modules: • Micro-organisms and disease. • Decontamination. • Epidemiology and surveillance of healthcare acquired infections.

Promoting and developing best practice in the field of infection prevention and control is a pressing issue for professionals and the community as a whole. The issues facing hospital and community staff one day may well be the same as those confronting environmental health officers the next.

Optional modules, from which you choose two, may include: • Advanced infection prevention and control. • Patient Safety. • Healthcare outbreak management.. • Informatics in health and social care. • Qualitative inquiry.* • Research methods and techniques.*

This innovative postgraduate course in Infection Prevention and Control has been designed to help you deal safely and effectively with infection risks. You will develop your confidence and expertise in the management and implementation of infection control change. If you have to deal with infection as part of your job, or you’d like to widen your knowledge and be in a position to apply for more senior posts in infection control, the MSc Infection Prevention and Control can help you achieve these goals.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / VLE

4 Years FT / 6 Years PT

PgDip Core module: Host defence and protection.

* You must choose one of these modules if you wish to continue to MSc.

What can I do on completion of my course? • •

This Infection Prevention and Control Masters degree opens up opportunities for career advancement through continuing professional development (CPD). You will be equipped with the skills and knowledge to apply for senior posts in infection control and other health protection related posts.

Courses | 79

03 CONSTRUCTION CRAFT

SECTION THREE

CONSTRUCTION AND THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT

I want to work in Architectural Technology

BSc Architectural Technology

HND Architectural Technology

“I am leaving school/ mature learner and have 1 Higher at C or above in Maths, Physics, Graphic Comms or Tech Studies.”

Interview

HNC Architectural Technology

“I am leaving school and have 3 Standard Grades at credit/3 passes at National 5 grade C or above.”

PDA Bricklaying

“I am a mature learner with no formal qualifications.”

Interview

MA Domestic Plumbing (SVQ3)

“I am leaving school with no formal qualifications.” “I am a mature learner with no formal qualifications.”

82 | Courses

Interview

MA Bricklaying (SVQ3)

I want to work in Quantity Surveying

BSc Quantity Surveying

I want to become a Civil Engineer

HND Quantity Surveying

HNC Quantity Surveying

General Construction Maintenance

HNC Civil Engineering

PDA Painting & Decorating

PDA Carpentry & Joinery

MA Painting & Decorating

MA Carpentry & Joinery

NPA Construction (General)

Introduction to Construction

Courses | 83

INTRODUCTION TO CONSTRUCTION

NPA CONSTRUCTION (GENERAL)

SCQF LEVEL 4

SCQF LEVEL 5

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• There are no formal entry requirements, however, you may be invited to attend an interview. _______________________________________________

An entry level programme enabling you to gain basic hand and employability skills, which will prepare you for employment into the construction industry or on to a range of SCQF Level 5 courses within the construction crafts area.

An intermediate level programme enabling you to gain basic hand, employability and citizenship skills, which will prepare you for employment into the construction industry or on to a range of SCQF Level 6 courses within the construction crafts area.

CONTENT

• Joinery. • Brickwork. • Painting and decorating. • Plumbing. • Employability skills. • IT. • Problem solving. • Working with others. • Numeracy and communication.

• Joinery. • Brickwork. • Painting and decorating. • Employability skills. • Plumbing. • ICT. • Health and Safety. • Appreciation of Access Platform. • Placing and Finishing Concrete.

You will work towards the Skills for Work in Construction Crafts Intermediate 1.

What can I do on completion of my course? • • •

NPA Construction SCQF Level 5. Modern Apprenticeship in one of the construction crafts programmes. Employment within the construction industry.

What can I do on completion of my course? • • •

Construction General Maintenance SCQF Level 6. Modern Apprenticeship in one of the construction crafts programmes. Employment within the construction industry.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017 & Jan 2018

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F

20 Weeks

FT / F2F

20 Weeks

84 | Courses

GENERAL CONSTRUCTION MAINTENANCE SCQF LEVEL 6 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Mature students • Interview. • Entry at the discretion of the course team. School leavers • Interview. • Three Credit Standard Grades/three passes at National 5 grade C or above.

What can I do on completion of my course? • • •

Higher National Certificate courses in Construction. Modern Apprenticeship in a craft programme. Careers in technology, building surveying, building control, quantity surveying and construction management.

Progressing students • Successful completion of the NPA Construction Level 5 programme. _______________________________________________ This programme is designed to equip you with the knowledge, understanding and citizenship skills to allow you to progress on to employment in the construction industry or on to a range of higher level courses within the built environment.

CONTENT • Working with concrete. • Maintenance of roof surfaces. • Repair and maintenance techniques. • Health and safety. • Site setting out procedures. • Craft drawing. • Modern methods of construction. • New and sustainable building techniques. • Manual handling. • IT. • Problem solving. • Working with others. • Employability. • Numeracy. • Communications.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Jan 2018

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

20 Weeks

Courses | 85

Carpentry and Joinery PDA

Bricklaying PDA SCQF Level 7

SCQF Level 7 Entry requirements Entry requirements • Must be in relevant employment. • Must have successfully completed year 1 & 2 of PDA (Level 6). _______________________________________________ This programme is designed to consolidate and advance the knowledge gained in the first two years at College. Your employee will gain an up to date, nationally recognised award that will enhance them personally making them more versatile and equipped to undertake more demanding tasks and have greater adaptability in the ever changing construction industry. The course will give your employee the opportunity to develop an appropriate mix of higher level theoretical understanding, technical and practical job knowledge.

Content • Constructional Technical Communication Skills. • Carpentry & Joinery: Complex Timber Stair Construction. • Carpentry & Joinery: Complex Pitched Roof Construction. • Carpentry & Joinery: Specialist Doors. • Construction: New and Sustainable Building Technologies. • Carpentry & Joinery: Site Measuring and Setting Out Procedures.

• Must be in relevant employment. • Must have successfully completed year 1 & 2 of PDA (Level 6). _______________________________________________ This programme is designed to consolidate and advance the knowledge gained in the first two years at College. Your employee will gain an up to date, nationally recognised award that will enhance them personally making them more versatile and equipped to undertake more demanding tasks and have greater adaptability in the ever changing construction industry. The course will give your employee the opportunity to develop an appropriate mix of higher level theoretical understanding, technical and practical job knowledge.

Content • • • • • •

Construction Technical Communications Skills. Construction Industry: An Introduction. Brickwork: Arch Construction. Brickwork: Architectural and Feature Work. Brickwork: Curved Walls on Plan and Elevation. Brickwork: Setting Out and Establishing Levels.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Employment within the construction industry.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017 & Dec 2017

Inverness Campus

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

Block release

10 Weeks

Block release

10 Weeks

86 | Courses

case study Construction Scotland’s construction industry is growing – and the sector needs a bigger workforce to meet demand.

Aberdeen, rail improvements in the central belt and the installation of offshore wind farms.

With a host of high-profile projects taking place, experts believe more than 21,000 new recruits will be required over the next five years.

Despite the bustling workbook, it’s not just about hard hats and building sites. Major projects can only happen if they have the engineers to design them and the quantity surveyors to make sure the numbers add up. Inverness College UHI equips students with the skills to contribute to Scotland’s modern, dynamic construction industry – and there has rarely been a better time to get involved.

Major works include the Aberdeen Western Peripheral Route, a 1,000 home development for Loudon Castle in East Ayrshire and the Aberdeen Exhibition and Conference Centre. There will be new buildings for the universities of St Andrews, Glasgow, Edinburgh and Heriot-Watt, new schools and the redevelopment of Edinburgh’s St James Centre. Beyond 2020, other projects on the horizon include dualling the A9 road between Perth and Inverness, upgrades to rail and road between Inverness and

For more information on construction courses at Inverness College UHI, log on to: www.inverness.uhi.ac.uk

CASE Courses STUDY | 87

Painting and Decorating PDA SCQF Level 7 Entry requirements • Must be in relevant employment. • Must have successfully completed year 1 & 2 of PDA (Level 6). _______________________________________________ This programme is designed to consolidate and advance the knowledge gained in the first two years at College. Your employee will gain an up to date, nationally recognised award that will enhance them personally, making them more versatile and equipped to undertake more demanding tasks and have greater adaptability in the ever changing construction industry. The course will give your employee the opportunity to develop an appropriate mix of higher level theoretical understanding, technical and practical job knowledge.

Content • • • • • •

Painting & Decorating: Applying Metal Leaf and Powder. Painting & Decorating: Applying Specialised Wall Coverings. Painting & Decorating: Colour and Design. Painting & Decorating: Papering Complex Surfaces. Painting & Decorating: Producing Faux Finishes. Painting & Decorating: Specialist Decorative Applications.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Employment within the construction industry.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Nov 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

Block release

10 Weeks

88 | Courses

Courses | 89

04 CULTURAL AND CREATIVE INDUSTRIES

SECTION FOUR

cultural and creative industries Mature students will be interviewed for all of the courses.

“I am a mature student with some qualifications or NC.”

“I am a school leaver with 2 Highers at C or above or NC Art and Design.”

Interview + Portfolio

BA (Hons) Visual Design & Communication

Interview + Portfolio

“I am a mature student with some qualifications or NC.”

“I have 4 National 5 passes at C or above with Art & Design and English/ Communication.”

BA (Hons) Contemporary Art & Contextualised Practice

HND Visual Communication (L7/8)

PDA Intro to Tutoring English for Speakers of Other Languages (L6) See prospectus for the full range of ESOL courses.

“I am a mature student with no formal qualifications.”

92 | Courses

With 3 Standard Grades at 3 or above or relevant Int 1 subjects at A or B or 3 relevant National 4 subjects.

I want to work in the creative industrIES

Interview

Introduction to Art & Design (L5)

18 weeks “I am a school leaver with 2 National 4 passes, one of which is Art and Design.”

HND Contemporary Art Practice (L7/8)

NC Art & Design (Portfolio) (L6)

“I have higher English at A or B, or Higher ESOL at A.”

“I have 4 Standard Grades at 3 or above including Art & Design and English, or 4 Int 2 subjects at C or above, or 4 National 4 passes to include Art & Design and English/ Communication.”

BA (Hons) Drama & Performance

+ Audition + Interview

Interview + Portfolio

“I am a school leaver with 3 Highers at C or above, one of which is English (2 Highers for Social Sciences).”

Interview + Portfolio

With Int 1 at A or B plus 2 other creative industry subjects.

Introduction to Art & Design (L4)

MLitt British Studies

BA (Hons) History & Literature

BA (Hons) Literature

BA (Hons) Scottish History & Literature

BA (Hons) Social Sciences

“I have 3 Standard Grades at 1 or 2 in at least 2 subjects/3 passes in National 5 or Int 2 at A or B in at least 2 subjects (as listed in the prospectus).”

NC Social Science (L6)

Interview

NQ Humanities (L6)

Interview

HNC Acting & Performance (L7) (L7)

“I have 4 Standard Grades at 2 or above (incl English)/4 National 5 passes (incl English at B or above) or 4 Int 2 passes (incl English at B or above).”

“I have a Level 5 Access course in Social Sciences or similar. “I am a mature student with no formal qualifications.”

“I am a mature student with no formal qualifications.”

“I have 4 National 4 passes/4 Standard Grade passes at 3 or 4 (subjects listed in prospectus).”

* Please see website for full list of Degree programmes

NC Media (L6)

“I am a mature student with no formal qualifications.”

Interview NC Social Science (L5)

NPA Radio Broadcasting (L5)

I want to work in the CULTURAL industrIES

“I have Communication at SCQF level 4, a keen interest in the field of radio broadcasting and willingness to undertake group work.”

Courses | 93

ESOL FULL-TIME SCQF LEVEL 2

ESOL ELEMENTARY Part-Time SCQF LEVEL 2

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • College placement test and interview. _______________________________________________ This new, exciting elementary full-time programme prepares you to take National 2 ESOL and the Cambridge KET (Key English Test) in June 2018. The course is designed as an intensive language training/tuition course at an elementary level. It will enable you to progress at a gradual pace gaining in depth understanding of the English language, thus gaining better communication skills, which will allow better social and cultural integration into the community at large.

CONTENT As well as English language, the course also covers elements of living and working in Scotland and basic computer skills.

What can I do on completion of my course? • You can progress to the next level ESOL course.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • College placement test and interview. _______________________________________________ This part-time level 2 course prepares you for an SQA Access 2 certificate. You will learn how to understand and use everyday expressions, basic phrases, answer basic questions about personal details and interact with English speakers who talk slowly and clearly. You will also have the opportunity to sit the KET (Cambridge Key English Test).

CONTENT As well as reading, writing, speaking and listening in English, the course covers social aspects of living and working in our local community.

What can I do on completion of my course? • You can progress to the next level ESOL course.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F

1 Year

PT / F2F

1 Year

94 | Courses

ESOL INTERMEDIATE Part-Time

ESOL FULL-TIME LEVEL 4 SCQF LEVEL 3/4

SCQF LEVEL 3/4 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Cambridge KET. • SQA ESOL Level 2 certificate. • A college placement test and interview. _______________________________________________ This part-time course prepares you for an SQA National 3 and National 4 certificate. You will learn how to understand the main points of straightforward instructions or public announcements, deal with most situations met when travelling as a tourist in an English speaking country, ask simple questions and take part in factual conversation in a work environment. You will also have the opportunity to sit the Cambridge Preliminary English Test (PET).

CONTENT As well as reading, writing, speaking and listening in English, the course covers social aspects of living and working in our local community.

What can I do on completion of my course? • You can progress to the next level ESOL course.

• Cambridge KET. • SQA ESOL Access 2 ESOL or National 2 ESOL. • A college placement test and interview. _______________________________________________ This full-time programme will prepare you to take the Cambridge Preliminary English Test (PET) exam in June 2017 and is designed as an intensive language training/ tuition course enabling you to learn at a gradual pace. You will have the opportunity to gain National 3 ESOL and National 4 ESOL Certificates over the period of the academic year. In addition to providing a superior quality of language tuition, this programme will enable greater cultural and social integration into the community at large, and open up opportunities to gain access to further study and improved employment. There is a focus in the programme on employability and citizenship, which will assist you in passing the “Life in the United Kingdom – The Citizenship Test”.

CONTENT • • • • •

Reading. Writing. Speaking. Listening. ICT.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Progression onto SQA National 5 ESOL and Cambridge FCE. • Level 5 full-time course or part-time SQA National 5.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / F2F

1 Year

FT / F2F

1 Year

Courses | 95

ESOL FULL-TIME LEVEL 5

ESOL NATIONAL 5

SCQF LEVEL 5

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• SQA Intermediate 1/National 4 ESOL, Cambridge PET or equivalent, or • A college placement test and interview. _______________________________________________

• Cambridge PET or National 4 ESOL or equivalent. • A college placement test and interview. _______________________________________________

This successful programme provides progression from Level 4 ESOL, with the same intensive language training/tuition which will prepare you for The Cambridge First Certificate of English (FCE). You will also have the opportunity to gain SQA National 5 ESOL over the period of the academic year. In addition to providing a superior quality of language tuition in the skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking as well as ICT, you will have every opportunity to gain enhanced communication skills enabling greater cultural and social integration into the community at large. The course will also open opportunities for advanced study and better employment.

CONTENT • • • • • •

Reading. Writing. Speaking. Listening. ICT skills. Communication skills.

This interesting course at an upper intermediate level can be studied part-time as a stand-alone subject or as part of the Highers programme. It offers candidates an SQA Level 5 Certificate in ESOL. SQA National 5 ESOL recognises the ability to understand the main ideas of complex pieces of writing, to hold a conversation on a fairly wide range of topics, to express opinions and present arguments, to produce clear, detailed writing, expressing opinions and explaining the advantages and disadvantages of different points of view.

CONTENT • • • • •

Reading. Writing. Speaking. Listening. Communication skills.

What can I do on completion of my course?

What can I do on completion of my course? • Progression to SQA Higher ESOL, Cambridge CAE and other college courses at N5 level.

• • • •

Progression to SQA Higher ESOL. Progression to other college courses at level 6. Progression to Cambridge CAE. Both Cambridge CAE and Higher ESOL are valued for entry to college to study at HNC/HND level and are recognised by universities and business schools.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F

1 Year

PT / F2F

1 Year

96 | Courses

ESOL HIGHER SCQF LEVEL 6

CAMBRIDGE CAE EXAM PREPARATION SCQF 6

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • FCE or equivalent. • SQA Intermediate 2/National 5 or equivalent. • College placement test and interview. _______________________________________________

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

The SQA Higher ESOL course is delivered as part of the Highers programme (but can be taken as a stand-alone subject).

Preparing for Cambridge English: Advanced helps learners develop the skills to make the most of studying, working and living in English-speaking countries.

You will be able to read quickly enough to cope with an academic course, understand complex opinions, produce clear, well-structured and detailed pieces of writing, speak well with a good degree of fluency, and use English flexibly for social, professional and academic purposes.

CONTENT • • • • •

Reading. Writing. Speaking. Listening. Communication skills.

• Cambridge FCE or equivalent. _______________________________________________

A Cambridge English: Advanced qualification shows that you can: • Follow an academic course at university level. • Communicate effectively at a managerial and professional level. • Articulate with confidence in workplace meetings or academic tutorials and seminars. • Express yourself with a high level of fluency.

What can I do on completion of my course?

• Progression is to further courses within Inverness College UHI at Level 7, or to other Higher Education Institutions.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

TBC

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year

PT / F2F

10 Weeks

Courses | 97

PDA: INTRODUCTION TO TUTORING ESOL SCQF 6 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS â&#x20AC;˘ Although there are no formal entry requirements for this award, it is recommended that candidates should have, or should be working towards, an SCQF level 5 qualification or equivalent in Communication/English. â&#x20AC;˘ Candidates whose first language is not English should have English Language competence at least at SCQF level 6 across the four linguistic skills of Listening, Speaking, Reading and Writing (CEFR C1). _______________________________________________ The Professional Development Award: Introduction to Tutoring ESOL (PDA: ITESOL) provides an introduction to the core knowledge and skills required to tutor ESOL learners in a supported context. It supports a range of practitioners who are new to the field of ESOL and/or who have no recognised TESOL/TEFL1 qualifications. It is also relevant for teachers of other subjects who have ESOL learners in their classes and who wish to develop a broader understanding of issues related to English language development. It would allow non-native speakers of English as well as international students to acquire the knowledge and qualification to teach English as a second language within their own education system. The PDA: ITESOL forms the first stage of an emerging Professional Development Framework for ESOL practitioners in Scotland, which recognises the need for current and prospective ESOL practitioners to have access to accredited subject-specific teaching qualifications, designed to a national standard.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / F2F

1 Year

98 | Courses

What can I do on completion of my course? Progression is to a PDA in ESOL Literacies: Teaching Adults Reading, Writing and Numeracy (SCQF level 8) or, to TESOL qualifications from other awarding bodies, such as Cert TESOL (Trinity College, London) and CELTA (Cambridge ESOL). Note: that there is no guarantee of automatic entry onto a course leading to these qualifications, as the relevant awarding bodies and course providers may have specific selection criteria.

PRE-SESSION ENGLISH FOR ACADEMIC PURPOSES

INTRODUCTION TO ART AND DESIGN SCQF LEVEL 4

SCQF LEVEL 6/7 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • ESOL or equivalent at SCQF 6. _______________________________________________ This short two-week programme will prepare you for study at university level in an English-medium environment. It will focus on developing study skills in report and essay writing, reading, analysing, note-taking and presentation skills.

School Leavers • 2 National 4 passes, one of which should preferably be in Art and Design. • You will be interviewed to assess your interest and ability in art and design and will be expected to provide a portfolio of work with no less than 4 pieces of art work, to include two drawings. Non-School Leavers are encouraged to apply, and will be interviewed. _______________________________________________ This is a January start programme, which introduces you to the skills required to progress to the next level – the full-time Level 5 course in Art and Design, which starts in August each year. If successful in your studies you will attain a National Progression Award (NPA) in Photography in addition to SQA unit passes in the other art and design subjects.

CONTENT • • • • •

Painting. Drawing. Graphic Design. Photography. Essential Skills.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Introduction to Art and Design SCQF Level 5.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

TBC

Inverness Campus

Jan 2018

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / F2F

2 Weeks

FT / US / F2F

18 Weeks

Courses | 99

INTRODUCTION TO ART AND DESIGN

NC ART AND DESIGN (PORTFOLIO)

SCQF LEVEL 5

SCQF LEVEL 6

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• All applicants will be interviewed and will be expected to provide at least four drawings as part of a portfolio. Your passion for this discipline should be evident from your work and your personal statement.

• All applicants will be interviewed and will be expected to provide a portfolio of work that includes 5-10 drawings. The interview forms an important part of the selection process.

School leavers • Four National 4 passes to include Art and Design and English/Communication.

School leavers • Four National 5 at C or above to include Art and Design and English/Communication; or equivalent.

Non-School Leavers are encouraged to apply, and will be interviewed. _______________________________________________

This programme will give you a solid grounding in the key skills and techniques in a variety of art and design subjects. It is a robust and interesting programme with a mixture of practical and related theoretical content that will allow you to explore a range of disciplines.

A National Certificate award that will prepare you for progression to HE level study or entry into art and design-based employment. It’s a robust award of practical and related theoretical content that will help you build a portfolio, and ensure the development of practical and theoretical skills in addition to transferable generic employability and essential skills. You will also have the option to gain Higher Photography.

CONTENT • • • • • •

Painting. Drawing. Design. Sculpture. Digital imaging. Essential skills.

CONTENT

What can I do on completion of my course? • Progression to NC Art and Design Portfolio SCQF Level 6.

• • • • • •

Life drawing. Design for print. Sketchbook development. Printmaking. Digital media. Essential skills.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HND Contemporary Art Practice. • HND Visual Communication. • Degree level study.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / US / F2F

1 Year

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year

100 | Courses

CONTEMPORARY ART PRACTICE HND/SCQF LEVELS 7-8 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS All applicants will be interviewed and will be expected to provide a portfolio of work. • Two Highers at grade C or above, or • NC Art and Design or equivalent. • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements as listed above are encouraged to apply. _______________________________________________ An advanced course that develops theoretical, conceptual and practical creative competencies within the area of contemporary art practice. The HND framework offers you the opportunity to develop freelance, self-employed and professional working skills in the areas of community, public, environmental and site specific based artwork. In addition, the course equips you with exhibition and presentation skills and introduces you to the potential of new technologies such as digital media. The HND is a professionally recognised qualification that allows you to enter the job market with the potential to gain employment in galleries, as self-employed artists, technicians, community arts workers, artists’ assistants, freelance illustrators and in community arts projects. In addition, the qualification allows you to progress onto higher level courses, including those already available within UHI. Students exiting with 12 credits after year 1 will be awarded an HNC.

CONTENT Year 1 – HNC • Developmental drawing. • Art and design context. • Contemporary art practice: Introduction to digital artform.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

2 Years FT / 4 Years PT

• • • • • • • • • •

Contemporary art practice: conceptual processes. Contemporary art: two dimensional practice. Contemporary art: three dimensional practice. Contemporary art practice: graded unit 1. Painting: exploratory techniques. Life drawing. Printmaking and producing print. Photography: an introduction. Communication: Practical Skills. Portfolio production.

Year 2 – HND • Contemporary art practice: project. • Contemporary art: professional practice. • Exhibition of contemporary artform. • Contemporary art practice: graded unit 2. • Contemporary art practice: digital media development. • Visual Arts Workshop. • Mixed media development. • Mixed media production.

What can I do on completion of my course? On successful completion of this course you may choose to seek employment as a: • Gallery assistant. • Gallery technician/Sculpture studio technician. • Printmaking technician. • Digital media technician. • Curatorial assistant. • Artist assistant. • Studio assistant. • Freelance artist. Upon successful completion of the 30 credit framework and with a ‘B’ in the Graded Unit, progression is available to year 3 of the degree: Contemporary Art and Contextualised Practice.

Courses | 101

CONTEMPORARY ART AND CONTEXTUALISED PRACTICE

NPA RADIO BROADCASTING SCQF LEVEL 5

BA (HONS)/SCQF LEVELS 7-10 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • You will be required to submit a portfolio of work. • Entry to year one HND, is 2 Scottish Highers at grade C or above, or • 2 A Levels at C or above,or • NC Art and Design. • Entry to year 2, is HNC Contemporary Art Practice (15 credits and a B or above in Graded Unit). • Entry to year 3 is HND Contemporary Art Practice (30 credits, including a Graded Unit at B or above), or an equivalent. If the latter, a portfolio of work is required and you will be also required to attend an interview. _______________________________________________ Following on from the HND Contemporary Art Practice, the 2 years of the degree programme (years 3 and 4) offer you the opportunity to develop your own unique art practice, and to enable you to use your art work both within and outwith the gallery system. You will gain knowledge and experience in many of the professional contexts in which contemporary artists work such as: collaborative projects, art and health, community art, digital art, relational practices, curation, public art, art and education. Artists are increasingly developing projects and being utilised to enhance the public sphere – from more traditional gallery, site specific and public art practices, to more relational and collaborative practices. You will gain the knowledge and experience to consider your art practice in a variety of contexts, and to explore ways of developing a meaningful career.

• Applicants will require Communication at SCQF 4 or equivalent. All applicants will be interviewed and the selection process will focus on the applicant’s interest in the field of radio broadcasting and their willingness to undertake group work. _______________________________________________ The NPA is focused on the development of skills for learning, skills for life and skills for work in radio media production. The award involves team working, adherence to deadlines, working within available resources and a creative approach to problem solving. The freelance nature of employment opportunities within the media highlights self-reliance and entrepreneurial opportunity, and this programme will develop candidates’ creativity, employability and transferable skills through engagement with creative production activity.

CONTENT The course focuses on the following units: • Media: Radio Interviewing. • Media: Presenting for Radio and TV. • Media: Radio Journalism. • Media: Making a Radio Programme.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Successful completion of the programme will lead to attainment of an NPA at SCQF 5 which will allow for progression to NC Media at SCQF 6.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Masters or PhD study. • Employment as a freelance artist. • Employment in galleries, museums etc.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

4 Years FT / 8 Years PT

PT / F2F

1 Year

102 | Courses

NC MEDIA SCQF LEVEL 6 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • All applicants will be interviewed.

What can I do on completion of my course?

Mature students • Accreditation of prior experience and learning will be taken into consideration.

The NC enables entry to a variety of media-related HNC courses depending on choice of subject specialism:

School leavers • Four Standard Grades at 2 or above to include English, or • Four Intermediate 2 subjects including English at B or above, or • Four National 5 subjects including English at B or above. _______________________________________________

for example, HNC, HND or degree programmes in Broadcasting, Journalism, Radio, Publishing and Television.

This is a robust award of practical and related theoretical content, which provides you with the opportunity for progressive development of competencies and personal learning through the study of new/current media content along with some historical understanding of the development of these industries. The award allows you to develop vocational skills relating to the National Occupational Standards and provides you with the opportunity to concentrate in specific areas of the media while developing cross media production skills. As part of the programme, your knowledge is developed in relation to the creative process through practical projects, very often working in collaboration with local industries, and through the study of the job roles and functions within the creative media industries. You may also have the opportunity to gain Higher Photography, Higher Media Studies or NPA Radio Broadcasting and these can be taken – on a limited place basis – as single subjects (i.e. infill/unstructured attendance).

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / US / F2F

1 Year

Courses | 103

Introduction to Media Studies SCQF 7

Introduction to Digital Culture in Media SCQF 7

Entry Requirements Mature Students • Accreditation of prior experience and learning will be taken into consideration. School leavers • 1 Higher at A or B (preferably English). _______________________________________________ This exciting course will introduce you to some of the main theories and concepts of media studies. Studying via online learning, you will have the opportunity to develop skills in media analysis and production. The course affords you the opportunity to work independently to gain experience of research and project management. With the support of your lecturer you will learn about the following key areas of study: • Analysing representations and ideologies in the media. • Analysing print, television and radio advertising with case studies on major organisations. • Film theory including narrative theory, genre theory, postmodernism, feminism and Marxism. • Production processes for new media which will allow you to complete your own video project. On successful completion you will attain four HN units – Media Analysis: Semiotics, Representation and Ideology, Media Analysis: Advertising, Film Theory and Video Theory and Practice for New Media.

Entry Requirements Mature Students • Accreditation of prior experience and learning will be taken into consideration. School leavers • 1 Higher at A or B (preferably English). _______________________________________________ Digital Culture is an emerging field of study which examines the role of online media in society. This exciting course will give you the opportunity to develop a greater understanding of the key issues involved in digital culture. Using online technology, you will work collaboratively with other students to investigate key media trends. With the support of your lecturer, you will learn about the following key areas of study: • • •

Working collaboratively online via social networking, online office tools and virtual worlds such as Second Life. Analysing representations and ideologies in the media. Trends in global media.

On successful completion will attain four HN units – Digital Culture: Online Communication, Media Analysis: Semiotics, Representation and Ideology, Media Features and Trends, and Research Skills.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT online

1 Year

PT online

1 Year

104 | Courses

Courses | 105

case study Visual communications Gaining industry experience is one of the best ways to begin climbing the career ladder, as a visual communications student at Inverness College UHI knows only too well. HND student Sam Burgess gained exposure to the world of work after she triumphed in a prestigious competition to design a new brand identity for North Highland Radio. The 23-year-old’s design concept features the famous Loch Ness monster and the station, which broadcasts online to a global audience, will continue to work with Sam on her design to make it the perfect fit for the station. Sam, from Dalneigh, said: “This project has been a great opportunity to work for a real client, and the experience I have gained will help me considerably in the future. “I chose Nessie for the logo design as he is very much associated with The Highlands. I chose a more modern colour rather than the green naturally associated with Nessie to make him more unique to the radio station.

106 | CASE STUDY

“Everyone’s designs were amazing and I feel privileged and excited to have my designs chosen. I look forward to developing them further with North Highland Radio.” Katie Pamment, lecturer for the class, said: “By working with the team on the North Highland Radio re-branding project, students have learned to meet industry specific challenges while developing their own individual creative ‘voice’. This approach enhances the learning experience and effectively helps equip students with relevant core skills and knowledge, as well as providing them with experience of the demands and challenges of the contemporary creative industries.” Inverness College UHI offers a broad range of art and design related courses, from National Certificate to Honours Degree level. For more information please visit www.inverness.uhi.ac.uk or contact 01463 273000.

VISUAL COMMUNICATION HND/SCQF LEVELS 7-8 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

All applicants will be interviewed and will be expected to provide a portfolio of work. • Two Scottish Highers at grade C or above, or • Two A levels at grade C or above. • NC Art and Design. • You will be required to submit a portfolio of your work to include a range of styles and mediums and may be asked to attend an interview. • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements as listed above are encouraged to apply. _______________________________________________

Year 1 – HNC Units include: • Art and design context. • Working in the Field of Visual Communication. • Visual communication: an introduction. • Visual communication: graded unit 1. • Digital imaging. • Art and design project. • Developmental drawing. • New media. • Illustration. • Life drawing. • Portfolio production. • Web design.

The HND in Visual Communication is an exciting and dynamic course that allows you the opportunity to explore a wide range of design-based subjects including graphic design, illustration, digital media, typography and photography through a series of simulated, and live briefs set by industry. The work produced is both relevant to the demands of the creative industries and also allows you the freedom to interpret briefs in a creative and highly personal manner. You will be required to evaluate, research, develop and contextualise your concepts and designs in response to your subject choice. Upon successful completion of the course you will have produced a portfolio of work and have gained the necessary skills for progression onto degree level courses at a wide variety of institutions across the UK. Students exiting with 12 credits after year 1 will be awarded an HNC.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

2 Years FT / 4 Years PT

Year 2 – HND Units include: • Creative project for artists and designers. • Design production. • Digital imaging project. • Visual communication: graded unit 2. • Preparing for a Role in the Field of Visual Communication. • Art and Design: Desktop Publishing and Layout. • Illustration project. • Mixed media portfolio. • New media project. • Client Initiated Design Project. • Web Design Project.

What can I do on completion of my course? • •

Upon successful completion of your course you might like to consider careers in publishing, digital media, design, broadcast, graphics or illustration. Upon successful completion of the 15 credit HND and with a B grade (or above) in the Graded Unit, you may progress to the BA (Hons) Visual Design and Communication.

Courses | 107

VISUAL DESIGN AND COMMUNICATION BA (HONS)/SCQF LEVELS 7-10 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

Entry to the degree is in year 3/SCQF 9, following the successful completion of the HND Visual Communication which includes a grade B or above in the Graded Unit. You will also be called to interview and will be asked to produce a portfolio of work demonstrating high level skills in art and design.

Year 1 HND Year 1 Visual Communication.

Progression to year 4/SCQF 10 following successful completion of year 3/SCQF 9 with an overall grade of C or above. _______________________________________________ This is a multi-disciplinary practice-led programme that will create graduates who have developed an individual, creative identity and are equipped to position themselves and their ideas to meet the needs of an ever-changing, challenging and increasingly demanding client base. This programme addresses the need for you to focus your learning experience around the requirements of industry and the employability skills appropriate to a successful career within the visual communication and design sectors. The degree programme has been designed to produce graduates capable of combining the traditional skills of drawing, painting, illustration, photography, desktop publishing, digital media, web-based design and other elements of interactive media with strategic thinking, research and theory based design processes. The programme aligns with the Designers Business Knowledge Base, proposed in the UK design blueprint, which focuses upon four key areas: skills, process, experience and insights, and beliefs and values. This broadens graduates understanding into the application of the skills and processes within a business context, enabling them to explore markets and socio-economic segments, consider new contexts for design and innovation, and understand business culture.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

4 Years FT / 8 Years PT

108 | Courses

Year 2 HND Year 2 Visual Communication. Year 3 BA • Theory and Practice: Design. • Research Methods: Design. • Creative Practice: Design. • Professional Practice: Design. • Strategic and Intercultural Design. Year 4 BA (Hons) You will complete a major research project, including a dissertation, participate in a degree show as well as studying a professional project module.

What can I do on completion of my course? • The BA (Hons) Visual Design and Communication will prepare you for a career in digital media, publishing, design, broadcast, graphics or illustration. You may also choose to progress to postgraduate study.

SOCIAL SCIENCE LEVEL 5 nc/sCQF LEVEL 5 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Four National 4 passes in subjects to include English, Sociology, Psychology, Modern Studies, History, RMPS, French. Of those, English is mandatory. • Four Standard Grade passes at 3 or 4 in subjects to include English, Sociology, Psychology, Modern Studies, History, RMPS, French. Of those, English is mandatory. • Mature students’ accreditation of prior experience and learning will be taken into consideration and you are likely to be called for interview. _______________________________________________

What can I do on completion of my course? • •

NC Social Science at SCQF Level 6 or NQ Humanities at SCQF Level 6. There may be opportunities for employment in the private or public sector, for example within social services, or the youth and community sector.

This course introduces you to the study of Social Sciences. At its core are Psychology, Sociology, History and English at National 5 Level. This course is an exciting opportunity to learn about how society works and how people interact. There will be plenty of discussion and group work, and the chance to talk about ‘big ideas’: the meaning of life, what makes people think, how individuals interact with one another, and how the past helps us understand present issues. National 5 ESOL is available as an option on this course.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year

Courses | 109

SOCIAL SCIENCE LEVEL 6 NC/SCQF LEVEL 6 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS For students wishing to study three subjects plus units: • Three passes in National 5 or Intermediate 2 at A or B in at least two of the following: English, History, Philosophy/RMPS, French, Sociology, Psychology, Modern Studies, Geography or other related subjects. • Three passes in Standard Grade at 1 or 2 in at least two of the following: English, History, Philosophy/ RMPS, French, Sociology, Modern Studies, Geography or other related subjects. • NC Social Science at Level 5. For students wishing to study four subjects: • Four passes in National 5 or Intermediate 2 at A in at least three of the following: English, History, Philosophy/RMPS, French, Sociology, Modern Studies, Geography or other related subjects, or • Four passes in Standard Grade at 1 in at least three of the following: English, History, Philosophy/RMPS, French, Sociology, Modern Studies, Geography or other related subjects. • NC Social Science at Level 5 and three passes at National 5 or Intermediate 2 at ‘A’. Mature students • Mature students’ accreditation of prior experience and learning will be taken into consideration and you are likely to be called for interview. _______________________________________________ This course gives you the opportunity to study the social sciences in detail. At its core are Higher Sociology, Higher Psychology and Higher Politics together with units in areas such as criminology, research skills, communication and literature. In exceptional circumstances, students may also study Higher History or Higher English. This course is a fantastic opportunity to deepen your understanding of how society works and how people interact to make change. Higher ESOL is available as an option on this course.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year

110 | Courses

What can I do on completion of my course? There are opportunities to progress to a wide range of Higher Education courses. • • • • • • • •

HNC Social Sciences. BA (Hons) Social Science. BA (Hons) Sociology and Politics. BA (Hons) Sociology and Criminology. BA (Hons) Psychology. BA (Hons) History and Politics. Other degree courses in the Humanities. There may be opportunities to gain employment in the private or public sector as well as the third sector, such as social services, social care, police and voluntary organisations.

HUMANITIES NQ/SCQF LEVEL 6 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS For students wishing to study three subjects: • Three passes in National 5 or Intermediate 2 at A or B in at least two of the following: English, History, Philosophy/RMPS, French, Sociology, Modern Studies, Geography or related subjects. Of those English is mandatory. • Three passes in Standard Grade at 1 or 2 in at least two of the following: English, History, Philosophy/ RMPS, French, Sociology, Modern Studies, Geography or related subjects. Of those English is mandatory. • NC Social Science at Level 5. For students wishing to study four subjects: • Four passes in National 5 or Intermediate 2 at A in at least three of the following: English, History, Philosophy/RMPS, French, Sociology, Modern Studies, Geography or related subjects. Of those English is mandatory. • Four passes in Standard Grade at 1 in at least three of the following: English, History, Philosophy/ RMPS, French, Sociology, Modern Studies, Geography or related subjects. Of those English is mandatory. • NC Social Science at Level 5 and three passes at National 5 or Intermediate 2 at A.

This course gives you the opportunity to study the Humanities in detail. At its core are Higher History, Higher Philosophy and Higher English, together with units in history, literature, communication and heritage. In exceptional circumstances students may also study Higher Politics in addition to these subjects. This course is a fantastic opportunity to deepen your understanding of culture and society, the development of knowledge and ideas and the stories we tell. Higher ESOL is available as an option on this course.

What can I do on completion of my course? Successful completion of the HQ Humanities Level 6 can open up progression opportunities to a variety of degrees such as BAH Sociology and Criminology, BAH Politics, Philosophy Economics along with degrees in History, Scottish and Literature.

Mature students • Mature students’ accreditation of prior experience and learning will be taken into consideration and you are likely to be called for interview. _______________________________________________

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year

Courses | 111

SOCIAL SCIENCE BA (HONS)/SCQF LEVELS 7-10 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Three Scottish Highers at grade C or above in a relevant subject, or • Two A levels at grade C or above. • Alternatively, successful completion of HNC Social Sciences may allow you to enter directly to year 2 of the degree. • You may also enter year 2 if you have achieved 120 credits from other related study. • Or any recognised Access to HE Course. _______________________________________________ Are you curious about how society works and how and why people interact with one another in the way they do? If the answer is yes, then the BA (Hons) Social Sciences degree is for you. Here you will study society, its people and institutions, which will give you an insight into everyday life. You will focus on sociology, politics and psychology, while the research methods element of the course will hone your research and communication skills; providing you with the tools you need to carry out independent research including your dissertation. There are other options available to you including history and criminology.

CONTENT Year 1 Units may include: • Understanding the social world. • Introduction to politics. • Introduction to political Ideologies. • Introduction to psychology. • Making social lives. • Conflict and the balance of power in Europe. • Psychology – individual differences. • Politics of the British Isles. • Foundations of research.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / VLE

4 Years FT / 8 Years PT

112 | Courses

Year 2 Units may include: • History of political ideas. • Comparative politics. • Sociological theory. • Beliefs, culture and community. • Child development. • Social psychology. • Research methods 2. • Qualitative research methods. Year 3 Units may include: • Critical inequalities. • Work and society. • Contemporary Scottish issues. • Psychology of criminal justice. • Learning in the classroom. • Applied social research. • Literature review. • Modern political Ideas. • EU politics. • Devolution in the UK. Year 4 Units may include: • Understanding crime. • Social inclusion, issues and debates. • Abnormal psychology. • Developmental disorders. • Global politics. • Political theory. You must also complete a dissertation.

What can I do on completion of my course? Many graduates from the BA (Hons) Social Science degree go on to further study in social sciences. You might also like to consider careers in teacher training or social work related employment. You can progress from the BA (Hons) Social Sciences degree to a range of taught postgraduate degrees including: • • • • • •

MLitt Archaeological Studies. MLitt Island Studies. MLitt Highlands and Islands Culture. MLitt Orkney and Shetland Studies. MSc Sustainable Mountain Studies. MSc Sustainable Rural Development.

Courses | 113

ACTING & PERFORMANCE HNC/SCQF LEVEL 7 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

• You will be asked to attend an interview, workshop and audition. • Two Scottish Highers at grade C or above including English, or • Two A levels at grade D or above including English, plus • Four National 5 subjects at A or B or equivalent. • Alternatively, NC Acting and Performance or NC Creative Industries with at least National 5 in English. • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements are encouraged to apply and will be considered on an individual basis. _______________________________________________

• • • • • • • • • •

The nationally recognised HNC Acting and Performance course is aimed at those with experience and a genuine interest in acting and performance. It will focus on practical skills in voice, movement, acting and creating new work. Taking part in performances in the Inverness College UHI Studio and Theatre, as well as in the community, you will work co-operatively in teams experiencing opportunities for leadership, and take part in innovative and creative approaches to work in rehearsal and performance.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F

1 Year

114 | Courses

Voice 1: Developing Skills. Movement 1: Developing Skills. Acting 1: Developing Skills. Production 1. Acting Methods and Practitioners. Shakespeare In Practice. Creating Drama Scripts. Drama Skills: Leading a Workshop. Acting and Performance: Graded Unit 1. Devising Theatre.

What can I do on completion of my course? • •

Progress to Inverness College UHI BA (Hons) Drama and Performance course. Follow a career pathway in teaching, community theatre, stage management or acting.

Courses | 115

case study Drama and performance With its proud cultural heritage, Inverness provides the ideal location to get the creative juices flowing on the path to a successful career in the arts.

Megan said “It was really exciting to collaborate with outside sources and be inspired by our history as well as the notion of identity to stimulate ideas for my script.”

Drama and performance students at Inverness College UHI have the opportunity to do exactly that, and recently took a step back in time to produce a collection of Celtic-inspired plays in partnership with Inverness Museum and Art Gallery.

First shown at the British Museum in London, the Reflections on Celts exhibition features two iron-age mirrors and explores the role of celtic art in helping Iron Age Britons understand and explore identity.

Written as part of the course’s script development and adaptation module, the 16 unique scripts were curated into a book and feature in the museum’s newly launched Reflections on Celts exhibition. Student, Megan Fraser, performed the script, ‘These Plastic Walls’ at the exhibition launch.

116 | CASE STUDY

Jesse Paul, Programme Leader at Inverness College UHI said “By introducing the concept of identity through Celtic objects, the students have been inspired to write 16 delightfully individual scripts, demonstrating each student’s unique interpretation.”

DRAMA & PERFORMANCE BA (HONS)/SCQF LEVELS 7-10 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

• Entry to year 1, HNC, is two Scottish Highers at grade C or above, including English, or • Two A levels at grade C or above, including English, plus four Standard Grades at grade 3 or above, or equivalent. • Alternatively, NC Acting and Performance or NC Creative Industries, with at least Intermediate 2, or equivalent, in English. • Consideration will also be given to candidates who can demonstrate an appropriate level of academic ability and extensive experience in at least one area of performance. Relevant professional experience will be considered on an individual basis. • Selection is through audition and interview. • Direct entry to year 2 is possible with a 15 credit HNC Acting and Performance. You will be required to attend and pass an interview and audition. _______________________________________________

Year 1 HNC Acting & Performance.

The distinctive BA (Hons) Drama is taught exclusively at Inverness College UHI. The programme aims to ensure that your study and performance is reflective of the specific challenges and opportunities for creative practitioners in the Highlands and Islands, while also looking outwards towards the international context. The course has a strong practice-based approach informed by academic theory. You will be encouraged throughout the course to be an independent scholar, artist and performer, while also having the opportunity to form a creative company with your fellow students, a collaboration you will be encouraged to continue after graduation. You will be trained in a variety of skills in performancemaking including acting devising, technical theatre, writing and cultural planning, equipping you well for a broad range of vocational roles within the cultural sector, as well as further study at postgraduate level.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / US / F2F / VC / VLE

4 Years FT / 8 Years PT

Year 2 Modules include: • Rural and folk performance. • Creating a role. • Performing Theatre Histories. • Group practical project. • Introduction to performance studies. Year 3 Modules include: • Reading performance. • Applied performance. • Group practical project 2. • Script development and adaptation. • Directing performance. Year 4 Modules include: • Creative industries research project. • (Inter)National theatre. • The Autonomous performer. • Cultural planning and delivery in the performing arts.

What can I do on completion of my course? • • • • • • •

Making and/or producing performance both as an individual and as part of a company. Directing in small scale productions as community artists. Creating original scripts, pitching and identifying appropriate bodies as a springboard for future writing. Forming new theatre companies. Working as education and outreach officers connected to theatre companies and cultural organisations, or undertaking teacher training. Working in arts administration within the cultural, heritage, education and performance industries. Progressing to various postgraduate courses at other institutions.

Courses | 117

LITERATURE BA (HONS)/SCQF LEVELS 7-10 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • For academic qualifications required please see our website for up-to-date details. • Two A levels at grade C or above. These must include English at grade C or above • If you do not have these qualifications, but have other relevant academic or professional qualifications, your application will be considered individually. • An Access programme deemed appropriate by the Programme Committee e.g. NQ Humanities or NC Social Science at SCQF Level 6. • Holders of other awards, qualifications, competences and knowledge that are deemed similar in level and content to those above; entry by this route will be at the discretion of the Programme Committee. _______________________________________________ If you are passionate about reading, thinking and writing and would like to turn this interest into a career, the BA (Hons) Literature is ideal. You will explore literature in a global context, looking in depth at language and literary history within texts and on the international literary stage. Studying literature at the University of the Highlands and Islands is not ‘English’, and nor is it ‘Scottish’. Our modules cover a wide range of authors, in English and translation, as well as theory from classic to contemporary. With a solid foundation in genres and periods in years 1 and 2, and research-based modules in years 3 and 4, our graduates are confident and enthusiastic writers, researchers and readers. We teach a range of advanced specialist modules alongside more traditional content, and you can combine your studies with other disciplines. You will also study language, translation and the interrelation of Scots, Gaelic, English and other languages in Scotland.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / US / VC / VLE

4 Years FT / 8 Years PT

118 | Courses

You will benefit from close partnerships with local organisations such as Highlife Highland; Highland Archive Centre; and Literary Salon, and you will learn from internationally-recognised experts in their fields. Modules on Gaelic literature in translation are available. Study individual modules for personal or professional development.

CONTENT Year 1 – CertHE • Literary discoveries: an introduction to prose fiction. • Coming out: late 19th- and early 20th century drama. • Literary theory in history and practice. • Scottish poetry and the theme of exile. • Worlds real and imagined: an introduction to poetry. • Optional module, please consult the website for updated entry requirements. Year 2 – DipHE • Male ideals and female desires in medieval poetry. • An introduction to Gaelic poetry. • Theatrical powerplay: classical and modern tragedy. • Heroic literature: epic from classical to contemporary. • Optional modules.* Year 3 – BA Six modules will be offered every academic year: • European modernism and the Scottish literary renaissance. • Union and discord 1707-1815. • Imagining new worlds: renaissance literature and thought. • Literary borrowings: adaptations and appropriations. • Nature writing and ecology. • Romantic genius: Scottish and European literature, 1750-1830. • Psychogeography and the city. • Glorious spangs: material culture at the early modern court. • Optional modules.*

Year 4 – BA (Hons) Six modules will be offered every academic year: • • • • • • • •

Dissertation (double-credit). Satire: the literary art of attack. Apocalyptic fictions. Science fiction. Pornutopia: gender and erotic writing. Avant-garde literature. Pushing boundaries. Past and present: historiography.

What can I do on completion of my course? • • • • • • • •

Teaching, education, academia or research. Publishing. Heritage sector, museums and archives. Charities. The media. Creative arts and writing. Marketing and PR. Government.

Courses | 119

HISTORY & LITERATURE BA (HONS)/SCQF LEVELS 7-10 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • For academic qualifications required please see our website for up-to-date details. • Two A levels at grade c or above. • Applicants with other relevant qualifications and/or experience will be considered on an individual basis. • An Access programme deemed appropriate by the Programme Committee e.g. NQ Humanities or NC Social Science at SCQF Level 6. _______________________________________________ The joint honours degree in History and Literature allows you to turn your passion for the past and for writing into an interesting career. The BA (Hons) History and Literature covers a range of approaches, from thematic modules that cover a variety of places and historical periods, to concentrated and in-depth studies of a particular group of authors or periods of history.

CONTENT Year 1 History units include: • Renaissances, reformations and revolts: Europe, c.1100-1789. • Themes in modern British history. • The Atlantic world: the old world meets the new. Literature subjects may include: • Worlds real and imagined: an introduction to poetry. • Literary discoveries: an introduction to Literary Theory. Year 2 History units may include: • Clash of civilisations: Europe and the Muslim world, 1100-1700. • From Champlain to Vimy Ridge: a history of Canada. • Travelling cultures, global diasporas.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / US / F2F / VLE

4 Years FT / 8 Years PT

120 | Courses

Literature units may include: • Male ideals and female desires in medieval Scottish poetry. • Heroic Literature. Year 3 History units may include: • Gender in 19th and 20th century Britain. • Historiographical essay. • War and chivalry in medieval Britain and France. • Cultural centres and economic powerhouses: London, Hamburg and Amsterdam during the early modern period. • British military history. Literature units include: • European Modernism and the Scottish Literary Renaissance. • Imagining New Worlds. • Nature Writing and Ecology. • Union and Discord. • Literary Borrowings. Year 4 You will complete a dissertation. You will also study subjects which may include: History: • Britain’s empire: colonies and consequences, 1783-1950. • The “Troubles”: politics, culture and conflict in Northern Ireland, 1965-2010. • Death and destruction: the social impact of the Thirty Years’ War (1618-1648). • Lordship, colony, kingdom. Literature: • Dissertation • Science Fiction • Apocalyptic Fictions • Pornutopia • Satire.

What can I do on completion of my course? Progressing to MLitt Highlands and Islands Literature. Careers in: • Teaching and education. • The media. • Publishing. • Creative arts. • Marketing and PR. *Please see website for full list of Degree programmes

Courses | 121

SCOTTISH HISTORY & LITERATURE BA (HONS)/SCQF LEVELS 7-10 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • For academic qualifications required please see our website for up-to-date details. • Two A levels at grade C or above. • These must include English. • Applicants with other relevant qualifications and/or experience will be considered on an individual basis. _______________________________________________ If you are passionate about Scotland’s past and about reading and would like to turn this interest into a career, the BA (Hons) Scottish History and Literature is ideal. You will study Scottish literature and Scottish history in a global context, comparing Scotland with the wider world in both disciplines. The degree covers a range of approaches, from thematic modules that cover a variety of places and historical periods, to concentrated and in-depth studies of a particular group of authors or historical periods. You will also study language, translation and the interrelation of Scots, Gaelic, English and other languages in Scotland, as well as different approaches to and studies of medieval, early modern and modern history.

CONTENT Year 1 History units include: • Scottish history, 1066-1603. • Scottish history, 1603-20th century. • The Atlantic world: the old world meets the new. Literature units may include: • Worlds real and imagined: an introduction to poetry. • Literary discoveries: an introduction to prose fiction. Year 2 History units may include: • The Scottish Highlands. • Scotland, the North Sea and the Baltic. • Travelling cultures, global diasporas.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / US / F2F / VC / VLE

4 Years FT / 8 Years PT

122 | Courses

Literature units may include: • Male ideals and female desires in medieval Scottish poetry. • The nature of genius: Scottish and European Romanticism. Year 3 History units may include: • Scotland and Ireland, 1800-1939. • Historiographical essay. • Crown-magnate relations in later medieval northern Scotland. • Scots in North America. • Emigration from the Highlands and Islands since 1750. Literature subjects may include: • European Modernism and the Scottish Literary Renaissance. • Renaissance voice, Renaissance vision. • Gaor Nam Ban: Gaelic women’s poetry 1644-1746. • From theorists to theatre: modern dramatic theory and directing plays. • Homeward bound: 19th and 20th Century Scottish and Irish fiction. • Dream visions and dreamlike encounters in medieval Scottish literature. Year 4 You must complete a dissertation. In addition you will study subjects which may include: History • Culture and Christianity in the Highlands and Islands, 1742-1893. • Mariners and merchants: overseas commerce and familiar networks during the early modern period. • A society at war? Scotland, 1296-1403. • The 17th Century in the Highlands.

Literature • Satire: the literary art of attack. • Engaging with Scottish Calvinism. • Apocalyptic fictions. • Auto\biography: time, memory, identity. • Iarshader to Iraq: Gaelic poetry of conflict from the 19th Century.

What can I do on completion of my course? Progressing to MLitt History of the Highlands and Islands or MLitt Highlands and Islands Literature. Careers in: • Teaching and education. • The media. • Publishing. • Creative arts. • Marketing and PR. • Government (local and national). • Libraries and archives. • Museums and the heritage sector.

Courses | 123

BRITISH STUDIES M.LITT/SCQF LEVEL 11 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • 2:1 Honours degree (or international equivalent) in History, Archaeology, Literature, Philosophy or a related subject from elsewhere in the arts and humanities, either from the University of the Highlands and Islands or from another university, domestically or internationally. _______________________________________________

CONTENT The British Studies MLitt is the only interdisciplinary Masters course in British Studies in the UK. It brings together four key disciplines from across the humanities – History, Literature, Philosophy and Archaeology. It allows students to develop their interest in any aspect of British identities, across disciplines and centuries, and offers an excellent foundation for independent research. You will explore the shifting meanings of Britishness, from the Roman era to the present day, with experts who are highly research active. You will question the ideas of Britishness, how British identities have been written about, the representations and articulations of Britishness; and how British mentalities and identities have been experienced by people from all backgrounds – both in the UK and abroad. You will be trained in interdisciplinary approaches to the study of identities and in a range of research skills and methodologies, equipping you to pursue doctoral research in a selection of disciplines. You will gain hands-on skills in digital humanities and your dissertation will give you the opportunity to work closely with a range of local museums and archives. You can also gain ‘practical’ academic experience in conference organisation, public speaking, networking and virtual research environments.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / US / F2F / VC / VLE

1 Year FT / 2 Years PT

124 | Courses

On the MLitt British Studies programme you will be taught by academics who played a key part in the university’s recent REF2014 submission – the latest assessment of UK university research quality. Overall, the Centre for History was the highest ranked new History department in the UK. Over two-thirds of research was rated at 4* and 3* in History and Area Studies, indicating ‘world-leading’ or ‘internationally excellent’ quality. In History and Area Studies, the ‘impact’ of this research on the broader economy and society was ranked joint 8th and 12th respectively throughout the entire UK, with Area Studies coming out top in Scotland.

What can I do on completion of my course? The highly developed critical, analytical and communication skills you will acquire through your studies will make you a strong candidate for a wide variety of careers. In addition, your hands-on digital skills will make you an attractive candidate to global enterprises. Careers in: • Teaching. • Research. • Media. • Journalism. • Community/adult education. • Museums and libraries. • Heritage. • Politics and NGOs or the charity sector. You may wish to consider further study such as a PhD or M.Litt by Research.

Courses | 125

05 EDUCATION

SECTION FIVE

supported education

Interview

128 | Courses

I want to find employment or further my studies

Further study or employment

Pathways 5

Pathways 4

Pathways 3

Skillsbuilder National 2

Adult Foundation National 1& 2

Community Link

Options NQ National 1 units

Courses | 129

OPTIONS

COMMUNITY LINK

NATIONAL 1 UNITS

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• Application form and informal interview. ��

This course is for people who require varying degrees of support in their daily living and learning environment. The programme offered has been adapted to suit the needs and interests of mature students and also those with severe and profound learning difficulties, having very poor or no verbal communication skills.

This course helps adults rebuild their self-confidence and skills. It involves group work, team building and communication skills across an exciting range of subjects of the individuals choice.

CONTENT • • • • • • • • •

Music. Drama. Art and craftwork. Cooking. Social pursuits. Printing. Citizenship. Independent Living Skills. The environment.

WHAT CAN I DO ON COMPLETION OF MY COURSE? • Adult Foundation course. • Return to Options to experience new areas of interest.

Below are examples of typical courses. We do add new courses so please contact us for the most up-to-date list.

CONTENT • • • • • • •

Enterprise through textiles. Gardens and woodland. Creative hobbies. Cooking. Leisure and recreation. ICT. Painting and drawing.

WHAT CAN I DO ON COMPLETION OF MY COURSE? • S ome students may be able to progress to vocational programmes. • Supported employment. • Further study.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / F2F

1 Year

PT / F2F

1 Year

130 | Courses

COMMUNITY LINK ‑ ADVANCED IT • C ontact: The Falcon Education Centre, Aviemore, Highland Resort, Aviemore, PH22 1PN, Telephone: +44 (0)1479 810074.

COMMUNITY LINK - TEXTILES • C ontact: The Falcon Education Centre, Aviemore, Highland Resort, Aviemore, PH22 1PN, Telephone: +44 (0)1479 810074.

COMPUTING FOR BEGINNERS • C ontact: The Falcon Education Centre, Aviemore, Highland Resort, Aviemore, PH22 1PN, Telephone: +44 (0)1479 810074.

Courses | 131

ADULT FOUNDATION

SKILLSBUILDER

NATIONAL 1 & 2

NATIONAL 2

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• Application form and informal interview. _______________________________________________

• Application form and informal interview. ��

This course is for students with moderate to severe learning difficulties. The main aim is that they develop autonomy, self-reliance and maturity through participation in a range of activities.

This course is designed to give students with moderate learning difficulties the opportunity to develop individual abilities and interests, as well as increasing the student’s awareness of the community with a view to living as independently as possible. Students can study this course for up to 3 consecutive years.

WHAT CAN I DO ON COMPLETION OF MY COURSE? • S ome students may be able to progress to the Skillsbuilder course. • Return to the Adult Foundation to develop skills further and to learn new skills.

CONTENT • • • • • • • •

Healthy Eating. Independent Living Skills. ICT. Financial Awareness. Craft Activities. Fundraising Activities. Science. Eco Awareness.

WHAT CAN I DO ON COMPLETION OF MY COURSE? • S ome students may be able to progress to Pathways 3.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / F2F

Up to 3 days per week

FT / PT / F2F

Up to 3 days per week

132 | Courses

ACE: Access to College and Employment Programmes We are developing new programmes at Inverness College UHI for learners who have been out of education for some time and need to develop their skills for further study or employment. These programmes can include valuable skills in communication, numeracy and IT, which you will be able to apply not just in work but in your everyday life. You could also learn through a variety of rewarding group activities and be entered for SQA units, gaining practical experience by participating in vocational options on offer here at the college and work placements. The Adult Achievement Award presents a fantastic opportunity for adults of any age to return to learning and develop new skills and experiences that can help you to get back into work or go on to further learning. You will produce a reflective journal to demonstrate the learning and achievement you have undertaken in a range of places – the community, college, voluntary organisations, employment and volunteering. A total of twelve students successfully completed the Award at our Falcon Centre, Aviemore in 2015/16. Students used their learning in: textiles, health or volunteering to produce learning journals which led to successful outcomes for all students.

We are working with the Princes Trust to develop and deliver their Team programme for the first time in Inverness. Subject to approval, the 12 week programme will be available to you if you are unemployed and between 16 and 25 years old. Joining a Prince’s Trust Team programme, which is delivered in a community setting outwith the main college, can give you a better chance of moving into a job or further education and training. During the programme you will gain a range of new skills that are useful in the workplace as well as participate in activities which will help improve your confidence and self-esteem and make new friends. We will help develop your interview and CV skills to help you get employment-ready. The programme is completely free and won’t affect your Jobseeker’s Allowance.

Courses ACE | 133

PATHWAYS TO STUDY AND EMPLOYMENT 3

PATHWAYS TO STUDY AND EMPLOYMENT 4

SCQF LEVEL 3

SCQF LEVEL 4

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• There are no formal entry requirements. ��

• T here are no formal entry requirements, however, it is preferable to have some National 3 qualifications or some Standard Grades at foundation/general level. ��

Pathways to Study and Employment 3 is designed as a stepping stone for school leavers, and for the mature entrant preparing to return to work or further study. This course will help build your skills and confidence. This course will introduce you to college life and begin to identify the careers you may consider. Employability and Enterprise Skills will be developed as well as general preparation for the work environment.

WHAT CAN I DO ON COMPLETION OF MY COURSE? • O n successful completion of this course, you can progress to either Pathways to Study and Employment 4 or introductory subjects in a range of vocational areas.

Pathways to Study and Employment 4 builds on employability and enterprise skills and provides a range of tasters across vocational areas. These give an insight into areas to consider for future study. Students will also have access to careers advice and support in progressing to the next level.

WHAT CAN I DO ON COMPLETION OF MY COURSE? • O n successful completion of this course, you can progress onto Pathways to Study and Employment 5, further study at introductory level or employment.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / FL / F2F

1 Year FT

FT / FL / F2F

1 Year FT

134 | Courses

PATHWAYS TO STUDY AND EMPLOYMENT 5

ECDL/ECDL EXTRA/ ECDL ESSENTIALS

SCQF LEVEL 5

• Contact ECDL Centre Manager at ecdl.ic@uhi.ac.uk

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • T here are no formal entry requirements, however, it is preferable to have some National 4 qualifications or some Standard Grades at foundation/general level.

IT HIGHER

��

• Contact Falcon Centre, Aviemore.

Pathways to Study and Employment 5 builds on the development of employability and enterprise skills and is a good progression route from Pathways to Study and Employment 3 and 4. This practical course has a stronger focus on being ‘work ready’ with tasters across a range of vocational subject areas. There will be work experience elements built into this course.

As a student, you will also have access to careers advice and guidance within the college environment to help you throughout your journey.

INTRODUCTION TO MS OFFICE • Contact Falcon Centre, Aviemore.

WHAT CAN I DO ON COMPLETION OF MY COURSE? • O n successful completion of this course, you can progress onto further study at introductory level or employment. ��

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / FL / F2F

1 Year FT

Courses | 135

Education

“I have an Honours degree or above.” “I have an ordinary degree with relevant practical experience.”

Interview

“I am employed within an education setting.”

“I have an Honours degree or above.” “I have an ordinary degree with relevant practical experience.”

Interview

“I have Higher English and Maths at Int 2 or National 5.”

Post Graduate Diploma in Education (Primary)

“I am employed in a teaching role in college or similar environment.” “I have a good level of understanding of Communications, Numeracy, ICT and some knowledge of learning, teaching and assessment in further education.”

“I am in employment and have a relevant occupational qualification.” “I am in a position to assess two candidates undertaking a work based qualification.”

136 | Courses

Interview

Teaching in Further Education: An introduction

PDA Workplace Assessment

I want to be a teacher

Critical Enquiry PG Cert/PG Dip/MEd

I want to be a lecturer

Courses | 137

PDA (L&D 9DI) WORKPLACE ASSESSMENT USING DIRECT AND INDIRECT METHODS/SCQF LEVEL 8

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • T hese are work-based awards, meaning all evidence of assessor-candidate and verifier-candidate’s performance must be taken from their natural place of work. Similarly, for the verifier award, the work of the assessors and candidates they verify must also be work-based. For the assessor award, the candidates assessed by the assessor-candidate must also be in their place of work. • To complete the assessor award you must assess a minimum of two candidates undertaking a work based qualification rather vocational qualification. • The assessor and verifiers awards are available to experienced staff who already hold a relevant occupational qualification. �� These awards, known as the L&D units, form an integral part of the learning and development qualification structure but can also be undertaken as stand-alone units. The assessor award, for those who assess candidates using a range of methods, is appropriate for those needing to assess work colleagues for vocational qualifications as part of their staff development responsibilities.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Variable

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FL / WB

6 – 12 Months

138 | Courses

The verifier award, for those who conduct internal quality assurance of the assessment process, includes monitoring assessor performance, working to an internal verification strategy and evaluating systems. It has a quality management focus.

WHAT CAN I DO ON COMPLETION OF MY COURSE? • T his course is assessed through building a portfolio of evidence and involves observations by tutors from Inverness College UHI.

POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION (PRIMARY) SCQF LEVEL 10/11

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • A relevant degree at undergraduate level or above, preference will be given to those possessing a degree at Honours level, though consideration will also be given to those holding ordinary degrees, and • English at Scottish Higher level grade C or above (or equivalent) and • Maths at SQA Intermediate 2 or National 5 (or equivalent). • Relevant experience already gained and given expression in the applicant’s accompanying personal statement will be taken into consideration. • Applicants for the Gaelic pathway must be fluent Gaelic speakers. ��

WHAT CAN I DO ON COMPLETION OF MY COURSE? • G raduates will hold provisional registration as a primary teacher with the General Teaching Council for Scotland. This qualifies students to apply for the GTCS’s induction year, which can allow teachers to qualify for full registration. • Graduates can progress to the UHI Master of Education Critical Enquiry or other UK Masters programmes. Applications for Aug 2017 will close around Dec 2016.

This course will prepare you for life as a teacher, with the skills and knowledge, to influence the lives of children you teach. The PGDE consists of 18 weeks study at the university, plus 18 weeks in professional practice in schools in the Highlands and Islands and Morayshire. You will be able to choose from two pathways, English and Gaelic. If you wish to apply for the Gaelic pathway you must be a fluent Gaelic speaker, your language proficiency will be assessed through interview. On this pathway parts of the course are delivered through the medium of Gaelic and you will complete the majority of your school practice in a Gaelic setting, plus one placement in an English speaking classroom. Graduates of the course will hold provisional registration as a primary teacher with the General Teaching Council for Scotland.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F / VC / VLE / WP

1 Year

Courses | 139

CRITICAL ENQUIRY PG CERT/PG DIP/MED

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

COURSE STRUCTURE

• Honours degree or above, or • Ordinary degree with relevant practical experience. • You must be employed full or part-time within an education setting. ��

You can study individual modules for continuing professional development or work towards the PgCert, PgDip or masters degree.

The course can help you specifically to use theory to reflect on your professional practice, develop your collaborative skills and work as an effective member of a team. You will carry out educational enquiries and research in your workplace and select the focus of your work on each module, to reflect your professional interests and responsibilities. The course has an induction day in June when you will meet fellow students and hear the outcome of education enquiries from students already on the course.

PgCert Modules include: introduction to critical enquiry; policy and practice; and collaborative enquiry. PgDip Modules include: school based research approaches; critical reflection and enquiry; and teacher agency and professional practice. MEd To achieve the award of MEd you must complete an educational enquiry project.

WHAT CAN I DO ON COMPLETION OF MY COURSE? • P rogramme participant teachers working in Scotland will gain direct links to the professional standard for Career-Long Professional Learning GTCS 2012 and evidence of professional update that they engage in to record their professional learning.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / VLE

3 Years

140 | Courses

Courses | 141

06 ENGINEERING AND BUILDING TECHNOLOGY

SECTION SIX

ENgineering

“I have 3 Highers at BBC or above, including Maths and Physics plus 3 Standard Grades at 2 or above, or Int 2 at B or above, or National 5 at B or above including Maths, English, Physics or Tech Studies.”

I would like to train for a career in Fabrication & Welding

I would like to train for a career in Motor Vehicle Maintenance & Repair

“I have one Higher at C or above from Physics, Maths or Tech Studies plus 3 Standard Grades at 2 or above, or 3 Int 2 at B or above, or 3 National 5 at B or above including Maths, English, Physics or Tech Studies.”

“I am a school leaver with Mathematics, Physics and English Standard Grade at 2 or above, or National 5 at B or above, or Int 2 at B or above, plus one other subject at equivalent level.”

IMI Diploma in Vehicle Maintenance and Repair

Only for apprentices and those in employment

“I am a mature student with equivalent qualifications.”

“I have English and Maths or Physics Standard Grade at 4 or above, or National 4 pass; and one other Standard Grade at 4 or above, or National 4 pass I am a mature student with equivalent qualifications.”

“I have 4 Standard Grades at level 4 or above, or 3 Int 1 at C or above, or 4 National 4 pass.”

“I am a school leaver/mature student with no formal qualifications.”

144 | Courses

SVQ3 Fabrication and Welding/Engineering Maint/Manufacture/ Production Engineering

IMI Diploma in Light Vehicle Repair (L5)

SVQ 2 Fabrication and Welding

IMI Certificate in Light Vehicle Repair (L4)

SVQ 1 Engineering Skills

Access to Motor Vehicle (L3)

Introduction to Engineering SFW

I would like to train for a career in Mechanical/ Electrical Eng

BEng (Hons) Mechanical and Energy Engineering

MEng Engineering Design Year 1

BEng Electrical/Mechanical (Year 3)

BEng (Hons) Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Year 1

BEng Power Engineering Systems Year 1

HND Engineering Systems

HNC Engineering Systems

HNC Fabrication, Welding & Inspection

NC Fabrication and Welding (L6)

NC Mechanical Engineering (L6)

NC Electrical Engineering with Electronics (L6)

NC Fabrication and Welding (L5)

SVQ 2 Mechanical Engineering (L5)

NC Engineering Practice (L5)

Electrical Engineering with Electronics (L6)

Pre-apprentice Electrical Installation (L6)

Pre-apprentice Electrical Installation & Renewables (L5)

Courses | 145

PRE-APPRENTICE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION AND RENEWABLES

PRE-APPRENTICE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SCQF LEVEL 6

SCQF LEVEL 5 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Mature students • Interview. • Relevant post school education and/or training. School leavers • Four National 4 at C or above, to include Mathematics, Physics, English and one other subject. _______________________________________________ This course is an introductory level course designed to give you an introduction to electrical engineering and electrical installation techniques. Skills gained are fundamental skills required in all aspects of electrical installation and will increase your opportunities for employment.

CONTENT • • • •

Electrical technology. Electrical wiring hand skills. Electrical science. Health and safety.

What can I do on completion of my course?

Mature students • Interview. • Relevant post school education and training. School leavers • Four National 5 at C or above, to include Mathematics, Physics, English and one other subject. Progressing students • NC Electrical Installation/Engineering SCQF Level 5. • Electrical technology. • Electrical hand wiring skills. • Inspection and testing. • Electrical science. _______________________________________________ This full-time programme is an advanced level course designed to give candidates knowledge of electrical engineering installation techniques.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Apprenticeship in electrical industry. • HNC in Engineering Systems.

• Apprenticeship in Electrical Industry. • Pre Apprentice Electrical Installation at SCQF Level 6 or Electrical Engineering with Electronics at SCQF Level 6.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F

1 Year

FT / F2F

1 Year

146 | Courses

NC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SCQF LEVEL 6

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING WITH ELECTRONICS SCQF LEVEL 6

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Mathematics and English National 5 at B or above, or Intermediate 2 at B or above, plus two other subjects National 5 B or above, preferably Physics • Equivalent qualifications. _______________________________________________ This course will give you the opportunity to develop a strong underpinning knowledge to help you develop a career in engineering. This is a modern, up-to-date programme with national recognition. As well as the key subject areas listed you will have the opportunity to bring your learning together in an engineering project.

CONTENT • • • • • •

Pneumatics and hydraulics. CAD. Dynamics. Strength of materials. Engineering project. Engineering materials.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC Engineering Systems. • Employment.

CONTENT • • • • •

Electrical principles. Machines. Test equipment. Engineering project. Electronics.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC Engineering Systems. • Employment.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F

1 Year

FT / F2F

1 Year

Courses | 147

BUILT ENVIRONMENT DESIGN

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTING OPS: ESTIMATING

SCQF LEVEL 6

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Mature students • Evidence of appropriate academic ability. • Must be working in the Civil Engineering or Construction Industry.

School leavers • Two Highers at C or above, Maths and an appropriate Technology/Business/Communication subject, or equivalent, plus National 4 pass in English. _______________________________________________

School leavers • Two Highers at C or above, Maths and an appropriate Technology/Business/Communication subject, or equivalent, plus • National 4 pass in English. _______________________________________________

This SVQ can be taken on its own or as part of a Modern Apprentice programme. Studying as a Modern Apprenticeship you will undertake the SVQ and a HNC Civil Engineering (Consulting Civil Engineers take this apprenticeship route). The programme is a combination of work-based and college training. It provides the dual benefit of gaining a nationally recognised qualification while being paid as you work.

This SVQ can be taken on its own or as part of a Modern Apprentice programme. Studying as a Modern Apprenticeship you will undertake the SVQ and a HNC Quantity Surveying. The programme is a combination of work-based and college training. It provides the dual benefit of gaining a nationally recognised qualification while being paid as you work.

What can I do on completion of my course?

• SVQ Level 4 Built Environment Design. • BEng Civil Engineering block release, Year 2 entry.

• SVQ Level 4 Estimating.

Both need an application process.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

BR / F2F

2 Years

BR / F2F

2 Years

148 | Courses

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTING OPS: SITE TECH SUPPORT

ENGINEERING SYSTEMS

SCQF LEVEL 6

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Mature students • Evidence of appropriate academic ability. • Appropriate construction related experience. School leavers • Two Highers at C or above, Maths and an appropriate Technology/Business/Communication subject, or equivalent, plus National 4 pass in English. _______________________________________________ This SVQ can be taken on its own or as part of a Modern Apprentice programme. Studying as a Modern Apprenticeship you will undertake the SVQ and a HNC in either Construction Management or HNC Civil Engineering (Contracting Civil Engineers take this apprenticeship route). The programme is a combination of work-based and college training. It provides the dual benefit of gaining a nationally recognised qualification while being paid as you work.

What can I do on completion of my course? • SVQ Level 4 Construction Contracting Operations: General. • BEng Civil Engineering block release, Year 2 entry.

HNC/SCQF LEVEL 7

• One Scottish Higher at grade C or above in Maths or Physics and at least three National 5 at B or above, including Mathematics, Physics or Engineering Science, and English. • One A level at grade D or above in Maths or Physics, or • NC/NQ Engineering at level 6 or equivalent. • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements as listed above are encouraged to apply, appropriate industry related experience will be taken into consideration. • You may be required to attend an interview. _______________________________________________ The HNC Engineering Systems programme consists of a range of mechanical, electrical and general engineering units. It is designed to equip you with fundamental knowledge and understanding pertinent to a wide range of industry. This could include the production, manufacture or energy industries.

CONTENT Mandatory units • Principles of engineering systems. • Engineering measurement and system monitoring. • Engineering Mathematics. • Engineering communication. • Communication: practical skills. • Engineering systems: graded unit 1. Optional units • Electrical, electronic, mechanical and cross discipline engineering fields.

What can I do on completion of my course? • You can progress to Year 2 of HND Engineering Systems. • This course prepares you for a variety of jobs in engineering, including manufacturing, offshore engineering, the developing renewables sector and engineering design.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

BR / F2F

2 Years

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year FT / 2 Years PT

Courses | 149

ENGINEERING SYSTEMS HND/SCQF LEVEL 7-8 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS For entry to year 1 (HNC Engineering Systems) • One Scottish Higher at grade C or above in Maths or Physics and at least three National 5 at B or above, including Mathematics, Physics or Engineering Science, and English. • One A level at grade D or above in Maths or Physics, or • NC/NQ Engineering at level 6 or equivalent. • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements as listed above are encouraged to apply, appropriate industry related experience will be taken into consideration. • You may be required to attend an interview. For direct entry to year 2 (HND) • HNC Engineering Systems. • HNC Fabrication, Welding and Inspection (bridging units required). _______________________________________________ The HND Engineering Systems programme is a two-year programme. Year 1 encompasses HNC Engineering Systems. In year 2 you will build on skills and knowledge gained by studying advanced engineering topics, project management and business awareness. Towards the end of your studies you will undertake an investigative project that encompasses skills learnt to date.

CONTENT Year 1 – HNC Mandatory units • Principles of engineering systems. • Engineering measurement and system monitoring. • Engineering Mathematics 1. • Engineering communication. • Communication: practical skills. • Engineering systems: graded unit 1. Optional units may be available • Electrical, electronic, mechanical and cross discipline engineering fields.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

2 Years FT / 4 Years PT

150 | Courses

Year 2 – HND Mandatory units • Business awareness and continuing professional development. • Design for manufacture. • Engineering systems analysis: system modelling and control. • Engineering practical skills. • Mathematics for engineering 2. • Principles of safe engineering systems. • Project management: managing the implementation of a project. • Engineering systems graded unit 2. Optional units may be available • Electronic and mechanical engineering and renewable energy systems.

What can I do on completion of my course? You can progress, some bridging may be required, to the following degrees: • • • •

BEng (Hons) Electrical and Mechanical Engineering. BEng (Hons) Energy Engineering. BEng Mechanical Engineering. BEng Electrical and Electronic Engineering.

This course prepares you for a variety of jobs at technical level in engineering, including manufacturing, offshore engineering, the developing renewables sector and engineering design.

ELECTRICAL & MECHANICAL ENGINEERING BENG (HONS) ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT (Subject to change)

Entry to year 1 • Minimum of 3 Highers at BCC or above (Subject requirements: Higher Maths at C, National 5 Physics or Engineering Science at C, National 5 English at C). • Two A level at CC or above. From two out of: Maths, Physics, English, or other relevant qualifications.

Year 1 – HNC • HNC Engineering Systems. HNC Engineering Systems Year 2 – HND • HND Engineering Systems.

Entry to year 3 • Available to those with HND Engineering Systems and relevant knowledge. • Entry possible through recognised prior learning process, contact course team to discuss. _______________________________________________

HND Engineering Systems Year 3 – BEng Core modules are: • Project and management 1. • Electrical principles 1. • Mechanical engineering principles 1. • Renewable energy generation.

One of the strengths of this programme is its vocational nature. Each module, and the overall framework, has been designed to offer technical information required by practising engineers.

You will also choose two discipline modules, typically from: • Reverse engineering. • Electro-mechanical drives. • Work-based initiative.

This degree intends to achieve the following general aims to equip Engineers to be competent throughout their working life, by virtue of their education, training and experience, to:

What can I do on completion of my course?

• • • • • •

Use a combination of general and specialist engineering knowledge and understanding to apply to existing and emerging technology. Apply appropriate theoretical and practical methods to design, develop, manufacture, construct, commission, operate and maintain engineering products, processes, systems and services. Provide technical and commercial management. Demonstrate effective interpersonal skills. Demonstrate a personal commitment to professional standards, recognising obligations to society, the profession and the environment. Provide an educational base for further academic study and research. The programme has the support of employers, including SSE.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT/PT F2F/VC/VLE

3 Years FT / 6 Years PT

The degree prepares you for employment in areas such as: • • • •

Engineer in energy/renewable energy sector. Design/maintenance position in offshore industry. Design/maintenance position in manufacturing industry. Engineering manager in a wide range of industries.

Courses | 151

ELECTRICAL POWER ENGINEERING SYSTEMS ELECTRICAL POWER ENGINEERING BENG/SCQF LEVEL 7-9 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Three Scottish Highers at grade BBC or above, or • Two A levels at grade BC or above. • These must include Mathematics, Physics or Technological Studies. English at National 5 or equivalent is also recommended. • Alternatively, SQA National Certificate (SCQF 6) in an electrical discipline. • Applicants with other qualifications and/or experience may be considered on an individual basis. _______________________________________________ The power engineer needs a good knowledge base of engineering fundamentals across electrical, mechanical and civil engineering areas. To do this they need to build specific electrical power engineering knowledge and skills. This programme aims to meet these needs and equip you with the academic knowledge commensurate with an incorporated engineer. A power engineer is interested in all aspects of electrical generation: from small diesel, e.g. offshore rig installation to large wind turbine to large steam turbine. They are also interested in transmitting electrical power to where it is used and in how it is used to maximum efficiency. You can apply your knowledge to a range of practical engineering challenges provided from industry. The course also allows you to learn the generic skills pertinent to the engineering industry, including communication and presentation skills. The programme has the support of employers, including SSE.

CONTENT (Subject to change) Year 1 – CertHE • Engineering mathematics. • Power industry structure and operations. • Engineering science: electrical and electronics. • Civil and mechanical engineering principles. • Engineering workshop practices. • Electrical power machines 1.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F / VC / VLE

3 Years FT / 6 Years PT

152 | Courses

Year 2 – DipHE • Engineering mathematics 2. • Power engineering principles. • Power system modelling. • Power electronics and scada. • Business, project and quality assurance techniques and practices. • Electrical power machines 2. Year 3 – BEng Modules may include: • Power engineering project. • Transmission systems. • Power systems operations and control. • Generation systems. • Substations and protection systems.

What can I do on completion of my course? Successful completion of the BEng Power Engineering will provide a sound base for careers in a wide variety of industries, including electrical power utility companies, offshore, installations, marine and desalination plants, and industrial plants. Graduates are likely to move into careers in: • • • • • • • •

Engineering management. Power systems design engineering. Engineering procurement and asset management. Technical services or support engineering. Reliability and planning engineering. Quality and safety engineering. Power systems engineering. Offshore engineering.

QUANTITY SURVEYING HNC ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Mature students • Evidence of appropriate academic ability. • Appropriate construction related experience. School leavers • Two Highers at C or above, Maths and an appropriate Technology/Business/Communication subject, or equivalent, plus • National 4 pass in English. _______________________________________________ This programme will prepare you for employment opportunities in a wide range of construction organisations, or to progress to further study. You will gain a range of contemporary skills embracing technology, estimating, cost planning, financial studies and measurement, and have the opportunity to bring your learning together in one overall project.

Optional units may include: • Construction Technology: Domestic Construction. • Quantity Surveying Practice. • Site Administration. • Sustainability and Modern Methods of Construction. • Scottish Law for Construction. You will study by way of face-to-face lectures and tutorials in the classroom and practical work.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Employment as trainee quantity surveyor.

CONTENT (Subject to change) Mandatory units are: • Construction materials and specification. • Construction technology: industrial/commercial superstructure. • Construction technology: substructure. • Estimating. • Standard Forms of Construction Contract. • Building Services in Large Buildings. • CAD 2D I. • Quantitative building studies: floors and roofs. • Quantitative building studies: substructures and drainage. • Quantity surveying graded unit 1.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

1 Years FT / 2 Years PT Block Release (3 x 3 week blocks of 5 days)

Courses | 153

ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY BSC (HONS)/SCQF LEVEL 7-10 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • • • •

For academic qualifications required please see our website for up-to-date details. Entry to the programme is highly competitive and thus preference is given to Highers passes in Maths, Physics, Graphic Communication or Design & Manufacture, Art & Design. Alternatively the completion of an HNC in a construction-related subject. Advanced entry to Year three may be possible with HND Architectural Technology or HND Computer Aided Architectural Design & Technology or equivalent studies. Prospective students such as mature students from a qualified craft background with relevant experience but without the standard entry requirements are encouraged to apply and will be considered on an individual basis.

Access routes Advanced entry to Year three may be possible with the HND Architectural Technology or HND Computer Aided Architectural Design & Technology or equivalent studies. _______________________________________________

If you are passionate about architecture and the technology that surrounds architectural design in the built environment, then this innovative BSc (Hons) Architectural Technology course is for you. Providing you with theoretical and project based skills required within a modern architectural practices today. This course gives you an excellent understanding of managing projects from conception through to completion. It is delivered from a practitioner/practice standpoint by combining simulated design office practice, site visits and regular project work on live projects to ensure that you gain the necessary skills demanded by the architectural industry such as Building Information Modelling and technical design. BSc (Hons) Architectural Technology will ensure your work environment is kept varied, stimulating and dynamic. Working with professionally qualified tutors you will gain valuable and essential skills making you highly employable as an architectural technologist. The majority of our employer partners recruit from our programme and indicate that our graduates have an excellent understanding of the design and technical process of projects and are able to enter industry and be effective contributors to their architectural practices from day one. Special features • An innovative course that prepares you to work within a modern architectural practice and the opportunity to work on ‘live’ projects during your studies – which is unique for this degree subject. You will study advanced computer technology using 2D and 3D Computer Aided Design in the most advanced design suite built by a university in Scotland. • Dynamic interactive lectures with site visits and architectural tours. • Project based workshops and design studio work with visiting professionals. • You can study full-time or part-time to suit your personal circumstances.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017 & Jan 2018

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

20 Weeks

154 | Courses

Year 1CertHE • Architectural technology 1. • Construction technology 1. • Design studio 1. • Technical studio 1. • Integrated technology. • Project 1. Year 2 DipHE • Architectural technology 2. • Construction technology 2. • Design studio 2. • Technical studio 2. • Environmental technology 1. • Project 2. Year 3 BSc • Architectural technology 3. • Construction technology 3. • Technical studio 3. • Environmental technology 2. • Project Management. • Project 3. Year 4 BSc Hons • Advanced Professional Practice (Architecture). • Alternative Design Technologies. • Architectural Entrepreneurship. • Honours Project. You will also complete a dissertation as part of Honours Project.

Courses | 155

CIVIL ENGINEERING BENG (HONS) ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Entry to Year 1, minimum of 3 Highers at BCC or above (Subject requirements: Higher Maths at B, Higher Physics and a science/technical/business Higher at C. English at National 5 or equivalent is recommended.) • Two A level at BC or above. Maths, and Physics/technical subject, or • Other relevant qualifications. • Entry to Year 2 available to those with HNC Civil Engineering and relevant knowledge. Contact the course team to discuss. _______________________________________________ Civil Engineers are responsible for the design and implementation of a wide range of construction projects. The focus in these varies in range from consultation, advisory to contractor based work. The BEng (Hons) Civil Engineering degree is designed to enhance career prospects by helping students to develop and demonstrate a sound grasp of civil engineering principles in both design and contracting. The programme will provide understanding of core engineering principles contextualized to industry and is aimed at providing work ready graduate Civil Engineers. The programme is the first to offer the opportunity to study on full-time and block release basis. The later opens up the course to potential candidates from across Scotland and beyond who are in employment. Students on the programme will benefit from strong industry links and has the support of employers such as Morrison Construction, Mott MacDonald and the Construction Industry Training Board.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / BR / F2F / VC / VLE

4 Years FT / 7 Years PT (block release)

156 | Courses

What can I do on completion of my course? • Civil Engineering in design and consultancy: construction and contracting; construction; energy, flood and river management; environmental or marine sectors.

Courses | 157

07 ENGINEERING CRAFT

SECTION SEVEN

ACCESS TO MOTOR VEHICLE

INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING

SCQF LEVEL 3

SCQF LEVEL 4

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• Your personal statement will reflect your desire to learn this subject but core skills in Communication, Maths and Information Technology at Intermediate 1 or National 3 level will be preferred. • You may be asked to attend an interview. _______________________________________________

This introductory level programme allows experience to be gained across the range of light vehicle maintenance and repair.

This introductory level, broad based course offers an insight into various areas of both mechanical and electrical engineering.

You may also be interested in Land Based Engineering on page 232.

What can I do on completion of my course?

CONTENT

• IMI Certificate in Light Vehicle Repair Level 1.

• • • • • • • •

Basic welding skills. Electrical wiring and hand tools. Electronics. Basic motor vehicle mechanics. Bench fitting skills. Information technology. Numeracy. Communications.

What can I do on completion of my course? • (PEO) NVQ 1 in Engineering Skills. • Employment as a Modern Apprentice in a relevant industry.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Jan 2018

Inverness Campus

Jan 2018

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F

18 Weeks

FT / F2F

18 Weeks

160 | Courses

ENGINEERING SKILLS SCQF LEVEL 4/SVQ 1

IMI LEVEL 1 LIGHT VEHICLE MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

SCQF LEVEL 4

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

This is a 36-week full-time programme that offers a wide range of topics.

CONTENT • • • • • • •

Hand skills. Machining skills. Basic welding skills. Electrical/electronic skills. Information technology. Numeracy. Communications.

What can I do on completion of my course? • (PEO) SVQ Level 2 in either fabrication and welding or mechanical engineering. • Employment as a Modern Apprentice in a relevant industry.

Mature students • There are no formal entry requirements for mature applicants, though it is expected that applicants can provide evidence of relevant knowledge and skills gained in the motor vehicle industry. • Interview. School leavers • Three Standard Grades at 4 or above or, • Three Intermediate 1 at C or above, or • National 4 pass. This course is certified by the Institute of the Motor Industry (IMI). It allows individuals with a passion to work in the automotive industry to develop and integrate their practical and vocational skills with the related knowledge required.

CONTENT • • • • • • • •

Braking systems (hydraulic). Fuel systems. Transmission systems. Engine operation & service techniques. Diagnostics. Safety aspects. Core skills. Electrical and electronic systems.

What can I do on completion of my course? • • •

Employment within the motor vehicle industry. Modern Apprenticeships within the motor vehicle industry. VRQ level 2 in Light Vehicle Repair.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F

1 Year

FT / F2F

1 Year

Courses | 161

NC ENGINEERING PRACTICE (LEVEL 5)

WELDING & FABRICATION ENGINEERING NC

SCQF LEVEL 5

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Mature students • Applicants may be invited to interview. • Evidence of skills and knowledge gained in the engineering industry and detailed on your personal statement with the application.

Mature students • Applicants may be invited to interview. • Evidence of skills and knowledge gained in the fabrication and welding industry and detailed on your personal statement with the application.

School leavers • Applicants may be invited to interview. • English and Maths or Physics Standard Grade at 4 or above or National 4 pass, and one other Standard Grade at 4 or above in an engineering related subject. _______________________________________________

School leavers • Applicants may be invited to interview. • English and Maths or Physics Standard Grade at 4 or above; or National 4 pass; and one other Standard Grade at 4 or above, or Intermediate 1 at C or above, or National 4 pass in an engineering related subject. _______________________________________________

This course has been designed to allow candidates to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills in engineering processes, for those seeking employment at craft level in the mechanical engineering industry.

This course has been designed to allow you to develop your knowledge, understanding and skills in fabrication and welding processes. For those seeking employment at craft level in the fabrication and welding industry.

CONTENT

• • • • • • • •

• • • • •

Turning. Bench fitting. Computer aided design. Dimensional control. Hydraulics/pneumatics. Materials. Mechanical maintenance. Graphical communication.

Candidates wishing to progress to the Level 6 National Certificate in Mechanical Engineering may require to do an additional mathematics unit as part of their optional units.

What can I do on completion of my course? • NC Mechanical Engineering at SCQF Level 6. • Employment at craft level in the engineering manufacture/maintenance industry.

Welding and fabrication processes and skill. Thermal cutting. Pattern development. Materials. Welding procedures and testing.

If you wish to progress to the Level 6 NC in Fabrication and Welding Engineering you may be required to do an additional mathematics unit as part of your optional units.

What can I do on completion of my course? • NC Fabrication and Welding Engineering (SCQF Level 6). • Employment at craft level in the fabrication and welding industry.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017 & Jan 2018

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F

1 Year

FT / F2F

18 Weeks (5 Days p/w)

162 | Courses

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

WELDING & FABRICATION SCQF LEVEL 5/SVQ 2

SCQF LEVEL 5/SVQ 2 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Your personal statement will reflect your desire to learn this subject but core skills in Communication, Maths and Information Technology at Intermediate 1 level will be preferred. • You may be asked to attend an interview. _______________________________________________ Studying this course will give you Intermediate training across a number of mechanical engineering processes. A qualification at this level may lead to employment within the engineering sector or further training on our Engineering Practice NC Level 5. By the end of the course you will develop skills and understanding in mechanical fitting, manual machining and CNC machining along with an understanding of how manufacturing integrates with engineering systems.

CONTENT • Practical bench fitting skills. • Training on manual turning and milling. • Training on CNC turning and milling. • Students will study the theory underpinning the skills to interpret specifications, engineering drawings, planning, health and safety, maths and information technology. There will also be the opportunity to develop core employability, enterprise and citizenship skills.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC Engineering Systems. • NC Engineering Practice. • Employment as a Modern Apprentice in an engineering discipline, such as machining, manufacturing or maintenance engineering.

• Your personal statement will reflect your desire to learn this subject but core skills in Communication, Maths and Information Technology at Intermediate 1 or National 4 level will be preferred. • You may be asked to attend an interview. _______________________________________________ The engineering, welding and fabrication industry requires highly skilled trades people where there are many employment opportunities. Employment in areas such as energy, oil and gas, engineering maintenance and industrial manufacture are all accessible with a qualification in this subject. Our highly skilled lecturers will support and guide you through the basics of this industry and students completing the course will understand how welding integrates into an engineering system.

CONTENT • • • •

Manual Welding Processes. Destructive and non-destructive testing. Fabrication and platework. Thermal cutting.

You will also study the theory underpinning the skills to interpret specifications, engineering drawings, planning, health and safety, maths and information technology. There will also be the opportunity to develop core, employability, enterprise and citizenship skills. This award can be used towards the first year of a Modern Apprenticeship course.

What can I do on completion of my course? • NC Engineering Practice at SCQF Level 5. • NC Fabrication and Welding Engineering at SCQF Level 5/6.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017 & Jan 2018

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F

1 Year

FT / F2F

18 Weeks (5 Days p/w)

Courses | 163

IMI DIPLOMA IN LIGHT VEHICLE MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

WELDING & FABRICATION ENGINEERING NC SCQF LEVEL 6

SCQF LEVEL 5 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Mature students • Interview. • There are no formal entry requirements for mature applicants, though it is expected that applicants can provide evidence of skills and knowledge gained in the motor vehicle industry, as detailed in your personal statement with the application. School leavers • Interview. • IMI Certificate in Light Vehicle Repair at Level 1 and/or • 3 Standard Grades at 3 or above, or 3 Intermediate 1 at C or above, or National 4 pass, including English and Mathematics or Physics. _______________________________________________ The course develops the topics studied in the IMI Level 1 Certificate Light Vehicle Course and prepares the students for an apprenticeship in the motor vehicle profession at Level 2.

CONTENT • • • • • •

Knowledge and practical skills in braking systems. Fuel systems, chassis systems. Engine and transmission systems. Vehicle electrical and electronic systems diagnostics. Workshop safety. Core skills.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Employment within the motor vehicle industry. • Modern Apprenticeships within the motor vehicle industry. • VRQ level 3 in Light Vehicle Repair.

Mature students • Interview. • Evidence of skills and knowledge gained in the fabrication and welding industry and detailed on your personal statement with the application, or • NC Fabrication and Welding Engineering at SCQF Level 5, or • N/SVQ Level 2 or 3 in Fabrication or Welding discipline plus Maths at Standard Grade 2 or above; or Int 2 at B or above. School leavers • Interview. • Maths or Physics and English Standard Grades at 2 or above or National 5 at C or above in an engineering related subject. _______________________________________________ This course gives students the opportunity to increase their academic and theoretical knowledge in fabrication and welding while continuing to develop their practical skills in a workshop environment. It is also a progression route for the engineering technician to progress to a higher education level in either fabrication and welding or engineering systems.

CONTENT • • • • • •

Fabrication and Welding Processes. Making an engineering project. Weld testing and working with weld procedures. Specifications and testing engineering materials with related mathematics. CAD. Information Technology.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC Fabrication, Welding and Inspection. • HNC Engineering Systems and Fitness.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F

1 Year

FT / F2F

1 Year

164 | Courses

IMI DIPLOMA IN LIGHT VEHICLE MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

ENGINEERING MANUFACTURE (CNC MACHINING)

SCQF LEVEL 6

SCQF LEVEL 6/7/SVQ 3

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• IMI Diploma in Vehicle Repair Level 2, or • NC/NQ level qualifications in Motor Vehicle or similar. • Evidence of skills and knowledge gained in the motor vehicle industry as detailed in your personal statement with the application. • Applicants may be invited to interview. _______________________________________________

• Must be in relevant employment. • It is recommended that candidates should have Standard Grade at 4 or above, or Intermediate 1, or National 4 passes in English, Maths, a Science subject and Craft/Design Technology. _______________________________________________

This course certified by the Institute of the Motor Industry and covers the topics studied in the IMI Diploma (Light Vehicle) course in more depth and prepares students for an apprenticeship in the motor vehicle profession.

CONTENT • • • •

Motor vehicle chassis systems. Engines. Fuel systems. Engine management.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Employment within the motor vehicle industry at apprentice level. • HNC Automotive Engineering.

Inverness College UHI continues to work closely with employers across the region to support the development of apprentices in a variety of disciplines. Studying within the structure of the Engineering Modern Apprenticeship, this course is a combination of work-based and college training and provides the dual benefit of students gaining a nationally recognised qualification while being paid as they work.

Content Over the course of the four-year apprenticeship, candidates will work to achieve the SVQ Level 2 Performing Engineering Operations, a relevant National Certificate and SVQ Level 3.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC Engineering Practice. • HNC Engineering Systems.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Throughout year

Work-based

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F

1 Year

WB / F2F

18 months – 2 Years

Courses | 165

ENGINEERING MAINTENANCE (ELECTRICAL)

ENGINEERING MAINTENANCE (MECHANICAL)

SCQF LEVEL 6/7/SVQ 3

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• Must be in relevant employment. _______________________________________________

CONTENT Over the course of the four-year apprenticeship, candidates will work to achieve the SVQ Level 2 Performing Engineering Operations, a relevant National Certificate and SVQ Level 3. The SVQ Level 3 Engineering Maintenance (Electrical) equips trainees with the necessary skills and knowledge required for multi-disciplined roles.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC Engineering Practice. • HNC Engineering Systems.

CONTENT Over the course of the four-year apprenticeship, candidates will work to achieve the SVQ Level 2 Performing Engineering Operations, a relevant National Certificate and SVQ Level 3.

What can I do on completion of my course? • • • •

HNC Fabrication/Welding and Inspection. HNC Engineering Practice. HNC Engineering Systems. PA Engineering Practice (Fab/weld).

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Throughout year

Work-based

Throughout year

Work-based

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

WB / F2F

18 Months – 2 Years

WB / F2F

18 Months – 2 Years

166 | Courses

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR - WBA

FABRICATION AND WELDING

SCQF LEVEL 6/SVQ 3

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• Candidates must be working in a relevant industry. _______________________________________________

• Candidates must be employed in the Fabrication and Welding Industry. • It is recommended that candidates should have Standard Grade at 4 or above, or Intermediate 1, or National 4 passes in English, Maths, a Science subject and Craft/Design Technology. _______________________________________________

This course is certified by the Institute of the Motor Industry (IMI) and designed for those employed in the motor vehicle industry. It is recognised and valued by employers.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC Automotive Engineering.

WHAT CAN I DO ON COMPLETION OF MY COURSE? • HNC Fabrication, Welding and Inspection. • HNC Engineering Systems.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Throughout year

Work-based

Aug 2017

Employers premises / Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

WB / F2F

18 Months – 2 Years

WB / BR / F2F

DURATION 4 Years

Courses | 167

Employment Based Assessment in Fabrication and Welding/Engineering Maintenance/ Manufacture/Production Engineering SCQF Level 6/7/SVQ 3 Entry requirements • Applications are accepted via employers only. • Must be employed in a relevant engineering discipline. • It is preferable that candidates have all core skills at Intermediate level 1. _______________________________________________

Who are these Qualifications for? • Candidates who are undertaking a SEMTA Modern A bvnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnpprenticeship. • Individuals who need recognition of their competence in one or more of a wide variety of Engineering disciplines and also need a Nationally recognized qualification at SVQ Level 3. • Those who are new to Engineering but are looking for a career change and wish to develop new skills within the industry.

How is the course assessed? On-site assessment visits by college assessors and witness testimony.

What next? Depending on academic Qualifications: • • • •

NC 5/6 Fabrication & Welding Engineering. NC 5/6 Engineering. HNC Fabrication, Welding and Inspection. HNC Engineering Systems.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Throughout year

Employers premises

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

WB / F2F

18 Months – 2 Years

168 | Courses

FABRICATION WELDING & INSPECTION HNC/SCQF LEVEL 7 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • One Scottish Higher at grade C or above in Maths or Physics, or • One A level at grade D in Maths or Physics, or • NC Fabrication and Welding Level 6 and core skills, all at Intermediate 2. • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements as listed above are encouraged to apply, appropriate Industrial experience will be taken into consideration. • You may be required to attend an interview. _______________________________________________ The HNC in Fabrication, Welding and Inspection aims to develop your ability to apply analysis and synthesis skills to the solution of fabrication, welding and inspection problems and provides a range of communication skills relevant to the needs of incorporated engineers. You will develop knowledge, understanding and skills in a range of core fabrication, welding, quality, materials and inspection systems technologies at Higher National level.

Optional units: • Computer-aided draughting for engineers. • Engineering drawing. • Engineering project. • Information technology: applications software 1. • Mathematics for engineering 1: mechanical and manufacturing.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Successful completion of the HNC allows you to meet the educational requirements to work as a technician or supervisor in the fabrication and welding industry.

CONTENT Mandatory units: • Communication: practical skills. • Containers: design and manufacture. • Fabrication: preparation, joining and assembly. • Fabrication, welding and inspection: graded unit. • Fabrication and welding materials. • Inspection systems. • Quality management: an introduction. • Welding principles and applications. • Welding procedures: specification, quality, and testing. • Fabrication forming process. • Pipework 1: construction and site installation. • Welding principles and applications 2.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F

1 Year FT / 2 Years DR

Courses | 169

AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERING HNC/SCQF LEVEL 7 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • • • •

Two Highers (SCQF Level 6); English, Maths or Physics, or Previous or current extensive experience, a minimum of five years working as a technician in the Automotive Engineering Industry, or Successful completion of an automotive programme of study, e.g. SVQ Level 3, VRQ Level 3, BTEC Level 3 in Vehicle Maintenance and Repair. Applicants may be called in for interview.

The Higher National Certificate will provide you with skills that are relevant to the modern automotive engineering industry. This includes skills in automotive engineering principles and technologies; an in-depth knowledge of the vehicular systems; and understanding of components and integration of the associated systems. You will develop specialist competences in the automotive engineering sector: Light Motor Vehicle. On completing the HNC, you should be able to analyse automotive engineering problems, and apply a logical and systematic approach to diagnosis of components and inter-disciplinary vehicular systems.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

EV / F2F

1 Year – 2 Years

170 | Courses

What can I do on completion of my course? • There are employment opportunities in a variety of contexts drawing on the different options in the HNC. Employers want to recruit multi-skilled employees who demonstrate good practical skills, possess diagnostic skills and have a good knowledge of current vehicle systems. The ability to solve problems and demonstrate good communications skills are also in demand. With suitable experience you may gain employment as a: • • • • •

Service technician. Master technician. Service adviser. Workshop controller. Service manager.

Courses | 171

08 HAIR, BEAUTY AND SPORT

SECTION EIGHT

hairdressing

“I have SVQ 3 Hair plus three years in industry or I have five years current industry experience.”

“I am leaving school, I have good communication skills, an artistic flair and enjoy working with people, or 4 Standard Grade pass at 3 or 4 National 4 at pass including English.”

Interview and core skills assessment

“I am a mature learner and have completed Intro to Hairdressing, or have good communication skills and willingness to learn practical skills and work with clients.”

“I have a passion for hairdressing.”

174 | Courses

Interview and core skills assessment

HNC Hairdressing

SVQ 3 Hairdessing I WANT TO BE A HAIRDRESSER

SVQ 2 Hairdessing

SVQ 1 Hairdessing

Courses | 175

HAIRDRESSING

SCQF LEVEL 4/SVQ LEVEL 1

SCQF LEVEL 5/SVQ LEVEL 2

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• There are no formal entry requirements for this course, however, your personal statement should reflect your passion for this subject. • You may be required to attend an interview. • Applicants should have good manual dexterity and enjoy meeting and working with people. _______________________________________________

• Your personal statement should reflect your passion for the industry. Applicants should be effective communicators, have artistic flair and ability, good personal presentation, physical stamina and a high level of manual dexterity. • Students should ideally have completed the Introduction to Hairdressing SVQ1. • Previous experience of working in a salon is desirable. • Students will need to attend an interview. _______________________________________________

This programme is highly practical in nature and is aimed at candidates who have little or no experience in hairdressing who may have recently left school. The course would also suit those who may have been away from further education for a while. The programme will help to develop the confidence and skills necessary to tackle a full-time programme in hairdressing or beauty.

What can I do on completion of my course? • SVQ Level 2 Hairdressing.

This course is designed for those who want to become a junior stylist at the end of this programme. It is the perfect springboard for a future career in the industry. During the year students will learn all aspects of salon work from styling to customer care and health and safety skills. Students are expected to learn independently and to undertake a work placement during the session.

CONTENT • • • • •

Styling techniques. Long hair techniques. Cutting. Colouring. Customer service.

What can I do on completion of my course? • SVQ Level 3 Hairdressing. • Employment within the industry.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017 & Jan 2018

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

18 Weeks

FT / PT / F2F

18 Months FT

176 | Courses

HAIRDRESSING SCQF LEVEL 6/SVQ LEVEL 3

NC BEAUTY CARE AND MAKEUP SCQF LEVEL 5

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • SVQ Level 2 Hairdressing or equivalent qualification and salon experience. • Candidates to undertake an assessment of hairdressing at interview. _______________________________________________ This programme is highly practical in nature and is a natural progression on from the SVQ Level 2. Students will enhance existing skills developing fashion techniques in colouring and cutting to an advanced technical level. Development of managerial skills to support first steps within salon management. This course is also available as Continual Professional Development (CPD) for work-based students. Candidates will be expected to engage with industry either through work placements or guest lectures.

CONTENT • • • • • • • •

Fashion colouring and cutting. Specialist Hair and Scalp Treatments. Creative styling and dressing of hair. Promotional Activities. Health and safety. Customer service excellence. Teamwork. Planning and organisational skills.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • •

Your personal statement should reflect your desire to work in this field. Communication skills, a willingness to learn practical skills and working with the general public are essential. Note: we do not deliver the Intro to Beauty course this year. Ideally applicants may have experience/knowledge and interest in Beauty or hold three passes at general grade/National 4 including English. Biology is preferable. _______________________________________________ This National Award is designed to equip applicants with the skills, knowledge and understanding to gain employment in a junior role within a beauty salon or as a cosmetic counter assistant. This is a practical ‘hands on’ course aimed at developing a broad range of beauty skills.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Level 6 NC Beauty Care or employment in the beauty industry or as a junior in a beauty salon.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Further Continuing Professional Development (CPD) study. • Hairdressing employment.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / BR / F2F

1 Year

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year

Courses | 177

BEAUTY

“I am leaving school and have 1 Standard Grade pass at credit and 3 at General including English or 1 National 5 at C or above and 3 National 4 at pass, including English.” “I am leaving school, I have good communication skills, an artistic flair and enjoy working with people.”

“I have 3 standard grades at level 4 or above OR 3 National 4s or above.”

Interview and core skills assessment Interview and core skills assessment

Interview and core skills assessment

“I am a mature applicant with no formal qualifications.”

“I have a passion for the beauty industry.”

178 | Courses

Interview and core skills assessment

HNC/D Yr 2 Beauty Therapy

HNC/D Yr1 Beauty Therapy

NC Beauty Care

NC Beauty Care & Make-up I want to be a beauty therapist

Introduction to Beauty

Courses | 179

NC BEAUTY CARE

BEAUTY THERAPY

SCQF LEVEL 6

HNC/SCQF LEVEL 7

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• Your personal statement should reflect your desire to work in this field. Communication skills, a willingness to learn practical skills and working with the general public are essential. • Students should ideally have completed the Level 5 Beauty Care and Make-up course or one Standard Grade pass at credit/National 5 and three at general grade/National 4 including English. Biology is preferable. • You will be required to attend an interview. _______________________________________________

• One Scottish Higher at grade C or above, or • One A Level at grade D or above, preferably in English or a science related subject, plus three Standard grades with a 1, 2 or 3 from a level 6 programme, or equivalent. • Alternatively, NC Beauty Care, or SVQ Level 3 Beauty Therapy. • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements are encouraged to apply and will be considered on an individual basis. _______________________________________________

This course will allow you to develop skills in a number of techniques to the level required by the industry. Our lecturing staff are trained to support you to hone your skills working on and alongside other students and members of the public.

The HNC Beauty Therapy will enable you to develop the skills and competencies required in the professional practice of beauty therapy. You will learn advanced therapy skills, management skills, and develop the ability to evaluate the effectiveness of therapy treatments.

This course also includes Higher National units in Body Massage and Depilation and prepares you for progression to the Higher National Certificate in Beauty.

• You can progress to the HND Beauty Therapy or employment as a beauty therapist in a beauty salon.

CONTENT • • • • • • • •

What can I do on completion of my course?

Facial techniques. Nail finishes. Eye enhancements. Manicure and pedicure. Make-up trends. Scalp, neck and shoulder massage. The human body. Commercial work experience.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC Beauty Therapy. • Employment in the beauty industry or as a junior in a beauty salon.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year FT / 2 Years PT

180 | Courses

BEAUTY THERAPY HND/SCQF LEVEL 8

PREPARATION FOR UNIFORMED AND EMERGENCY SERVICES

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

NQ/SCQF LEVEL 4

• Two Scottish Highers at grade C or above, or • Two A levels at grade D or above, preferably in English or a science related subject, plus • Three Standard Grades with a 1, 2 or 3 for a level 6 programme. • Entry to year 2 may be possible with an HNC Beauty Therapy. • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements are encouraged to apply and will be considered on an individual basis. • You may be required to attend an interview. _______________________________________________ If you are interested in improving the wellbeing of others, the HND Beauty Therapy will help you achieve your ambitions to work in the beauty industry. You will gain the necessary skills and experience to succeed in the field of beauty therapy, both nationally and internationally.

What can I do on completion of my course? On completion of your HND Beauty Therapy you might want to find work in salons, hotels, cruise ships or self-employment in a beauty salon as a beauty therapist.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • There are no formal entry requirements for applicants. • Entry is at the discretion of the course team and you might be required to attend an interview. _______________________________________________ This 18-week course is designed to give candidates an insight into the various employment opportunities within the uniformed and emergency services, and to prepare them for the full range of army entrance tests, including core skills and fitness. Graduates from this course have continued to further study, e.g. NQ and employment in related fields.

CONTENT • Circuit training. • Mountain biking. • External activities and events. • Team building. • Hill walking. • Orienteering and map reading. • Contextualised to work on three main objectives: fitness, confidence and knowledge.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Successful completion of the course can lead to progression to a variety of programmes within the college, such as NQ Outdoor Pursuits, NC Sport and Fitness. • Some candidates continue to employment in related fields. In particular, a high proportion of students on this course successfully gain entry into the Army.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017 & Jan 2018

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year FT / 2 Years PT

FT / F2F

18 Weeks

Courses | 181

sport

“I have 3 Scottish Highers at grades B, B & C.”

Interview

“I have a good background in sporting activities.”

Interview

I WANT TO BE EMpLOYED AS A SPORTS OR FITNESS PROFESSIONAL

“I have 3 passes at National 5 (or equivalent).

Interview

I want to focus on my sporting interests.”

“I have 3 National 4 or equivalent.“ “I love being outdoors and taking adventurous activities.”

“I enjoy sports and keen to pursue my interest in this area.”

182 | Courses

Interview

BSc Hons Sports and Fitness

BA Hons Sports Management

HNC/D Fitness, Health & Exercise

HNC/D Coaching and Developing Sport

Sports Studies

NC Outdoor Pursuits

Sport and Fitness

Preparation for Uniformed and Emergency Services

Intro to Sport, Fitness & Outdoor Studies

Courses | 183

INTRODUCTION TO SPORT, FITNESS AND OUTDOOR STUDIES

NC OUTDOOR PURSUITS

SCQF LEVEL 4

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• Your commitment to sport should be evident from your personal statement, however, 3 Standard Grades at 3 or above or 3 National 4 at pass is desirable. • You might be asked to attend an interview. _______________________________________________

• Your commitment to sport should be evident from your personal statement, however, you should have achieved awards at National 3 level or equivalent. You might be asked to attend an interview. _______________________________________________ This course provides a general introduction to the sport, fitness and outdoor industries and is well designed to provide basic skills in a wide range of activities for those who are not certain of their chosen career path. This course enables progression onto a wide range of level 5 courses, including those specifically in Sport and Fitness or Outdoor Pursuits. Students will also undertake a placement on their skills for employment unit. This is done in partnership with Highlife Highland.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Successful completion of the course can lead to progression on NGA Sport and Fitness or NQ Outdoor Pursuits or other SCQF level 5 programmes.

SCQF LEVEL 5

If you are a lover of the outdoors, what better course to study than Outdoor Pursuits. This course will provide you with the basis for employment in various outdoor activity centres. Practical in nature and focussing on a range of on-land and water activities including hill-walking, mountain biking and kayaking. This is an entry level course providing the basic knowledge for you to continue your studies with us.

CONTENT This course focuses on practical activities on land and water, including: • • • • • •

Mountain biking. Hill-walking. Orienteering. Skiing. Kayaking and a choice of sports. This course also involves a residential experience.

Students will have the opportunity to do skills awards in various sports, including Duke of Edinburgh. Students will also have an opportunity to gain work on the Highlife Highland summer outdoor programme.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Successful completion of the course can lead into the Sports Highers programme, which includes sports options such as basketball and badminton, as well as a range of SQA Highers.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year

184 | Courses

SPORT & FITNESS

SPORT STUDIES

SCQF LEVEL 5

SCQF LEVEL 6

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• Your commitment to sport should be evident from your personal statement, however, three Standard Grades at 3 or above or three National 4 at pass is desirable. • Involvement with a sports club is also desirable. • You might be asked to attend an interview. _______________________________________________

While entry is at the discretion of the centre, candidates will be expected to have the following:

This is a National Certificate Group Awards (NCGA) programme. This course provides a general introduction to the sport and leisure industries and to fitness, health and exercise. It is a nationally recognized programme and is well designed to lead the candidate into employment opportunities or progression onto a wide range of level 6 courses.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Successful completion of the course can lead into the Sports Highers programme at Inverness College, which includes outdoor pursuit or traditional sports options, as well as a range of SQA Highers.

• Three passes at National 5 (or equivalent), or successful completion of either; • NC Sport and Fitness, or • NQ Outdoor Pursuits. _______________________________________________ The aim of this full-time course is to develop the candidates knowledge and understanding of sport and fitness. The course contains two National Progression Awards (NPAs) in Sport Development and Exercise and Fitness Leadership as well as Higher Physical Education. Units including Human Physiology, Nutrition and Mountain Biking will also be covered. Study on this course would suit individuals currently participating in sport.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Progression onto Higher Education study of either: • HNC/D Sports Coaching with Development of Sport, or • HNC/D Fitness, Health and Exercise.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year

Courses | 185

FITNESS, HEALTH & EXERCISE HNC/SCQF LEVEL 7 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Two Scottish Highers at grade C or above, or • Two A levels at grade D or above. • Alternatively, a relevant sports award at SCQF level 6 or above. • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements are encouraged to apply and will be considered on an individual basis. • You may be required to attend an interview. _______________________________________________ If you have a passion for health and fitness and would like to teach others the benefits of a healthy lifestyle, the HNC Fitness, Health and Exercise will give you the appropriate skills and training to work in a range of roles within the health and fitness industry. You will study principles and programming; fitness testing and assessment; first aid; sports injury; leadership and personal effectiveness; anatomy and exercise physiology; and nutrition, diet and weight control.

CONTENT • • • • • • • • • • • •

Exercise physiology and anatomy. Exercise principles and programming. Nutrition for fitness, health and exercise. Health screening. First aid for sport. Working safely and effectively with clients. Exercise and fitness safety management. Plan, teach and evaluate a gym based session. Manage a sports or fitness related event. Work experience. Current exercise trends. Physical activity for children.

For more units offered see the website.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year FT / 2 Years PT

186 | Courses

What can I do on completion of my course? • BA (Hons) Sports Management. • BSc (Hons) Sport and Fitness. • On completion of your course you might want to consider employment as an instructor, exercise teacher, fitness adviser or gym supervisor in a leisure centre, gym, or health club.

FITNESS, HEALTH & EXERCISE HND/SCQF LEVEL 8 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

• Two Scottish Highers at grade C or above, or • Two A levels at grade D, or above • Alternatively, a relevant sports award at SCQF level 6 or above. • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements are encouraged to apply and will be considered on an individual basis. • You may be required to attend an interview. • Applicants who are already in possession of HNC Fitness, Health & Exercise will be considered for direct entry into year two of the HND Fitness, Health & Exercise. _______________________________________________

• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

If you have a passion for health and fitness and would like to teach others the benefits of a healthy lifestyle, the HND Fitness, Health and Exercise will give you the appropriate skills and training to work in a range of roles within the health and fitness industry. You will study principles and programming; fitness testing and assessment; first aid; sports injury; leadership and personal effectiveness; anatomy and exercise physiology; and nutrition, diet and weight control.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

2 Years FT / Longer PT

Applied exercise prescription. Applied fitness assessment and diagnostic testing. Applied nutrition and health assessment. Current exercise trends. Core strength and posture. Deliver personal training sessions. Exercise for pre and post-natal clients. Flexibility training. Inclusive sports provision: an introduction. Manage a sport or fitness related event. Mechanics for the health and fitness professional. Metabolic considerations for personal trainers. Physical activity for children. Plan, teach and evaluate a physical activity programme to meet the needs of older adults.

For more units offered see the website.

Courses | 187

COACHING & DEVELOPING SPORT HNC/SCQF LEVEL 7 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • 2 Scottish Highers at grade C or above, or • 2 A levels at grade D or above – one should be in English, the other preferably a science subject or mathematics. • Alternatively, a relevant sports related National Progression Award at SCQF level 6 or above. • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements are encouraged to apply and will be considered on an individual basis. • Candidates require a good performance background in a variety of sporting activities. • Experience in coaching, while desirable, is not essential, although the potential to develop this competence must be evident. A keen interest in sport is a requirement for this award. • Certificate in Physical Activity and Adventure Leadership. • Higher Sports Studies L6. _______________________________________________

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year FT / 2 Years PT

188 | Courses

The HNC Coaching and Developing Sport course allows you to develop an understanding of both the theoretical and practical issues relating to a career in sports coaching for indoor or outdoor sports. If you’re already working in the sports industry, or you want to kick off your career in sport, this course is ideal for you.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HND Coaching and Developing Sport. • BA (Hons) Sports Management. • Employment in a range of posts in sports centres, coaching and outdoor adventure.

COACHING & DEVELOPING SPORT HND/SCQF LEVEL 8 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • 2 Scottish Highers at grade C or above, or • 2 A levels at grade D or above – one should be in English, the other preferably a science subject or mathematics. • Alternatively, a relevant sports related National Progression Award at SCQF level 6 or above. • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements are encouraged to apply and will be considered on an individual basis. • Candidates require a good performance background in a variety of sporting activities. • Experience in coaching, while desirable, is not essential, although the potential to develop this competence must be evident. A keen interest in sport is a requirement for this award. • Certificate in Physical Activity and Adventure Leadership. • Higher Sports Studies L6. • Applicants who are already in possession of HNC Coaching and Developing Sport will be considered for direct entry into year two of the HND Coaching and Developing Sport. _______________________________________________

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

2 Years FT / 4 Years PT

The HND Coaching and Developing Sport course allows you to develop an understanding of both the theoretical and practical issues relating to a career in sports coaching for indoor or outdoor sports. If you’re already working in the sports industry, or you want to kick off your career in sport, this course is ideal for you.

What can I do on completion of my course? • • •

BA (Hons) Sports Management. Employment in a range of posts in sports centres, coaching and outdoor adventure or as a freelance fitness instructor. BSc (Hons) Sport and Fitness.

Courses | 189

SPORTS MANAGEMENT BA (HONS) LEVELS 8-10 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT (Subject to change)

• Year 2 Entry: HNC Coaching and Developing Sport or HNC Fitness, Health and Exercise. • Year 3 entry: HND Coaching and Development of Sport or HND Fitness, Health and Exercise. • It may be possible, with some additional bridging units, to access from HNC and HND Business, HNC Tourism and HNC Events. _______________________________________________

Year 2 – DipHE • Contemporary Issues in Management. • Applied Coaching and Leadership. • Contemporary marketing. • Event planning and organisation. • Work placement: team working and communication. • Management accounting. • Business Economics. • Introduction to Business. • Management Information Systems. • Introduction to People Management. • Organisational Behaviour.

The BA (Hons) Sports Management degree is designed for those with a HNC or HND in a related field and now seeking a broad-based management qualification that will introduce you to all aspects of today’s modern sporting business. This course will equip you with the skills you will need for a career in sports management, including marketing, human resources, business law and IT.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F / VC / VLE

4 Years FT / 8 Years PT

190 | Courses

Year 3 – BA Modules may include: • Research skills. • Sport and Exercise Science: A critical analysis. • Work placement: Industry Specific skills. • Critical thinking in management. • Developing Entrepreneurial Effectiveness. • The Professional Practitioner: Ethics, Policy and Practice. • Marketing communications. • Niche tourism. • Project planning and management. • Employment law in the HRM context. • Collaborating in the Digital Economy. • Multimedia for Business. • Small Business Planning. Year 4 – BA (Hons) Mandatory Modules: • Dissertation • Sports Policy, Planning and Management • Delivering Physical Activities and Sports Development Programmes. .

Optional modules may include: • e-Business. • Employee Relations. • Business Strategy. • Major Event Analysis. • Innovation and enterprise. • Physical Activity for All. • Work Placement: Professional Practice. • Legal Issues in Sport and Fitness.

What can I do on completion of my course? A degree in Sports Management will provide students with excellent career prospects. This award enables students to develop knowledge and skills highly valued by employers. Graduates could anticipate going on to jobs in public, private and voluntary organisations taking on such roles as: • Sports Development Officer. • Leisure centre operative. • Sports manager. Students also will also have the potential to become local entrepreneurs with business start-ups in the sport and tourism sectors.

Courses | 191

192 | Courses

case study Sport success With a lifelong passion for sport and a desire to help nurture the next generation of athletes, James Hall knew studying at Inverness College UHI would provide him with the tools to succeed. The 23-year-old built on his HND in sports coaching by pursuing a BA in Sport Management, rounding off his studies with silverware of his own by winning higher student and sport student of the year. Now James is working with budding sports stars in the Highland town of Fortrose, and is setting his sights on reaching the very top. He said: “My studies at Inverness College UHI have provided the perfect springboard to help launch my career. “While studying, I gained further experience by working part-time and volunteering. These opportunities, combined with my degree, enabled me to develop a great network of contacts and gave me the skills to succeed in my chosen field.”

Looking forward, James hopes to coach professional rugby union at club and international level. He is also looking at coaching opportunities with youngsters studying at private schools and universities, and the skills developed during his studies mean he has no shortage of options when it comes to choosing the right job for him. James added: “The course at Inverness College UHI is excellent. Highlights include the wonderful people I spent the last four years with and the amazing lecturers who have been always there to give advice and point me in the right direction. I’m so glad I chose to study there.” More information on the courses at Inverness College UHI is available by logging on to: www.inverness.uhi.ac.uk

CASE Courses STUDY | 193

SPORT & FITNESS BSC (HONS) LEVELS 7-10 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

• Scottish Highers at grade BBC or above or • A Levels at grade BC or above. • Applicants without the standard entry requirements but with relevant industry qualifications will be considered on an individual basis. • Successful applicants will be required to complete a PVG Disclosure Check and become PVG Scheme Members in order to undertake this course. • Advanced entry to year 2 may be possible if you have completed a relevant HNC e.g. HNC Fitness, Health and Exercise, HNC Coaching and Developing Sport, HNC Soft Tissue Therapy, or equivalent. • Advanced entry to year 3 may be possible if you have completed the HND Fitness, Health and Exercise, HND Coaching and Developing Sport or equivalent, HND Sports Therapy, or equivalent. _______________________________________________

Year 1 – CertHE: • Preparing for Work-based and Placement Learning. • Human Structure and Function. • Academic Skills for Sport and Fitness. • Mechanics of Human Movement. • Principles of Sport and Exercise Psychology.

The BSc (Hons) Sport and Fitness degree is a springboard for careers in coaching, health promotion, personal training, fitness assessment and beyond. It builds on relevant Higher National Diplomas (HNDs) and focuses on the application of skills in a vocational setting. You can choose what clients you work with allowing you to specialise in areas of personal interest. As part of the course, you will take part in an extended work placement project that allows you to apply your theoretical knowledge and gain professional experience. Teaching a balance of knowledge and skill, the BSc (Hons) Sport and Fitness is perfect if you are looking to speed up your career development and make headway into the industry.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F / VC / VLE

2 Years FT / 4 Years PT

194 | Courses

Option modules may include: • Practical Exercise Instruction. • Introduction to Sports Coaching and Leadership. Year 2 – DipHE: • Introduction to Research Methods. • Sport and Exercise Physiology. • Nutrition for Performance and Health. • Movement Analysis. Option modules may include: • Physical Activity and Health. • Applied Coaching and Leadership. • Work Placement: Team Working and Communication. • Principles of Sport and Exercise Psychology. Year 3 – BSc: • Design, Manage and Evaluate Human Fitness. and Physical Performance. • Exercise and Lifestyle Analysis and Adherence. • The Professional Practitioner – Ethics, Polcy and Practice. • Research Methods (Sport). Option modules may include: • Applied Sport and Exercise Psychology. • Sport and Exercise Science: A Critical Analysis. • Sport Nutrition and Dietary Considerations. • Strength and Conditioning.

Year 4 – BSc (Hons): • Dissertation • Advanced Applications of Coaching and Instruction. • Delivering Physical Activities. and Sport Development Programmes. Option modules may include: • Physical Activity For All. • Promoting Health Through Sport, Fitness and Physical Activity. • Sports Policy, Planning and Management. • Sports and Exercise Psychology. • Sport and Exercise Rehabilitation. • Legal Issues in Sport and Fitness.

What can I do on completion of my course? • The course prepares students to enter the workforce with evidence of relevant experience, practical skills and intellectual knowledge related to sport and fitness. • Employment opportunities include fitness instruction, personal training, coaching, sports science support, health promotion and sports development.

Courses | 195

09 HIGHERS

SECTION NINE

A warm welcome Welcome to the Higher and National programmes! Inverness College UHI offers more Higher and National choices than any other college in Scotland, so we have put them into clusters to make it easier to navigate. Science Cluster If you wish to study Science and Maths, there is the Science Cluster (Highers – level 6), or the Certificate in Applied Science (Level 5) in which you can chose from a range of Nationals and Highers designed to support your progression into the study of Maths, Science or Engineering at a higher level. Options include: • • • •

National 5/Higher Biology. National 5/Higher Chemistry. National 5/Higher Physics. Higher Environmental Science.

• • • •

Higher Human Biology. Higher Business Management. National 5/Higher Psychology. National 4/5/Higher Mathematics.

• National 5 Lifeskills Mathematics. • National 5/Higher English and • National 5/Higher ESOL.

If you wish to study highers in Humanities or Social Sciences, please see page 109 in Section 4.

Care Cluster If you are interested in working in the care sector, the ‘Care Cluster’ has a range of options that you can choose from to make up a full or part-time programme. These options have been designed to enable candidates to progress into nursing, care or childcare courses at college or university. Options include • NPA and Higher Care. • Higher Childcare. • National 5/Higher Psychology.

• National 5 Biology. • Higher Human Biology. • National 5 Mathematics.

• National 5 Lifeskills Mathematics. • National 5/Higher English. • National 5/Higher ESOL.

On both the Care and Science Clusters, students normally select three or four subjects to make up a full-time programme tailored to suit their needs, although each Higher or National can also be studied individually on a part-time basis. The next few pages describe some of the options from which you can choose. For each subject all the possible ways of studying it are described: F2F – face to face, OL – open learning, OLW – open learning with some weekend classes. If the subject can be taken as an individual course you will see PT for part-time.

198 | Courses

HIGHER CARE SCQF LEVEL 6

HIGHER CHILDCARE AND DEVELOPMENT SCQF LEVEL 6

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • 2 National 5 passes, one of which must be English. _______________________________________________ Learners will develop an understanding of the value base required in the care profession. They will have the opportunity to understand and explain influences on human development and behaviour. They will also gain an understanding of the social, physical, emotional, cognitive and cultural needs of people who use care services. This knowledge and these skills will be relevant for future experience in learning, life and work and will enhance the ability of learners to become effective contributors and responsible citizens.

What can I do on completion of my course?

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • 2 National 5 passes, one of which must be English. _______________________________________________ The Early Years Higher is made up of three units. These include child development, which looks in detail at the various aspects of development, through the ages from birth to 12 years. Various methods of teaching are used, including case studies and DVDs.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Further study in early education and childcare depending on individual’s qualifications and experience.

• Further study in care depending on additional qualifications and experience.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / F2F

1 Year

PT / F2F / OL

1 Year

Courses | 199

HIGHER PSYCHOLOGY SCQF LEVEL 6

HIGHER BUSINESS MANAGEMENT SCQF LEVEL 6

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • 2 National 5 passes, one of which must be English. _______________________________________________ The course enables learners to develop an understanding of the psychological study of the human mind and behaviour in a range of contexts, and to enhance their ability to use evidence to explain behaviour. The course develops learners’ understanding of psychology as the scientific study of the mind and behaviour. Psychology is a research-based subject, and it provides the opportunity to conduct practical research. This includes working with human participants in accordance with ethical standards.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Preferably Standard Grade Business Management at credit level, or National 5 or Intermediate 2 Business Management (or its component parts). _______________________________________________ This course is aimed at those who are interested in pursuing a career in business. Higher Business Management will provide a good grounding of the key business areas.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC Business. • HNC Accounting.

The aims of the course are to enable learners to develop: • Knowledge and understanding of psychological concepts, theories, approaches and terminology. • The ability to use thinking skills when analysing, evaluating and applying knowledge and understanding of psychology understanding of the role of research evidence in explaining human behaviour. • Research skills to select, organise, interpret and evaluate information. • The ability to plan and carry out psychological research, using appropriate methods and according to ethical and scientific standard communication and numeracy skills used in psychology.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Further and higher education courses.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / OL

1 Year

PT / F2F

1 Year

200 | Courses

NATIONAL 5 BIOLOGY

HIGHER BIOLOGY

SCQF LEVEL 5

SCQF LEVEL 6

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• Standard Grade Biology at grade 3 or above, or • Pass in National 4 Biology, or • Pass in Intermediate 1 Biology, together with: • Equivalent of Standard Grade English and Maths at grade 3 or above. _______________________________________________

• Standard Grade Biology at 2 or above, or • Intermediate 2 Biology at B or above, or • National 5 Biology at B or above. _______________________________________________

The course covers major areas of biology ranging from cellular to whole organism and up to ecosystems. The key areas of biodiversity, interdependence, body systems and cells and inheritance are developed through the course. National 5 Biology is a one-year course designed to build on knowledge and understanding carried out at Standard Grade/National 4 level so as to lead on to Higher Grade Biology or Higher Grade Human Biology.

What can I do on completion of my course? Further and higher education courses. Within the college there is scope for progression onto level 6 courses in Science, Health Care and and Sport.

The Higher Biology course provides a broad-based, integrated study of a wide range of biological topics and builds on concepts developed in National 5 courses. The course investigates what makes biology an important and fundamental area of science and provides a general basis for further study or employment in areas related to biology.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Entry to many undergraduate courses (not necessarily related to the biological sciences) at universities and institutes of further and higher education. At Inverness College UHI there is scope for progression to HNC Applied Science, BSc Applied Science or BSc Environmental Science.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / F2F

1 Year

PT / F2F

1 Year

Courses | 201

NATIONAL 5 PHYSICS

HIGHER PHYSICS

SCQF LEVEL 5

SCQF LEVEL 6

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• Standard Grade Physics at 3 or above. • Pass in National 4 Physics. • A or B in Intermediate 1 Physics. • Equivalent of Standard Grade English and Maths at grade 3 or above. _______________________________________________

• Standard Grade Physics with knowledge and understanding and problem solving at Grade 2 or above, or • Intermediate 2 Physics at B or above/National 5 at B or above, • and Standard Grade Mathematics at 2 or above or • Intermediate 2 at B or above/National 5 at B or above. _______________________________________________

Physics gives learners an insight into the underlying nature of our world and its place in the universe. From the sources of the power we use, to the exploration of space, it covers a range of applications of the relationships that have been discovered through experiment and calculation, including those used in modern technology. An experimental and investigative approach is used to develop knowledge and understanding of physics concepts. National 5 Physics is a one-year course designed to build on knowledge and understanding carried out at Standard Grade/ National 4 level so as to lead on to Higher Grade Physics.

The aim of the physics course is to extend students’ knowledge and understanding of physics. The course will offer you the opportunities to gain: • An increased knowledge and understanding of facts and ideas, of techniques and of the applications of physics in society. • Skills in applying your knowledge and understanding in a wide variety of theoretical and practical problem-solving contexts. • Skills associated with carrying out experimental and investigative work in physics and analysing the information obtained.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Further and higher education courses. At Inverness College UHI there is scope for progression to HNC Applied Science, BSc Applied Science or BSc Environmental Science. In Engineering there is the potential for access to a variety of HN and BEng degrees including Civil Engineering, Power Engineering, Engineering Systems and Electrical/Mechanical Engineering.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / F2F

1 Year

PT / F2F

1 Year

202 | Courses

HIGHER ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

HIGHER HUMAN BIOLOGY SCQF LEVEL 6

SCQF LEVEL 6 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Candidates would normally be expected to have attained at least one of the following: • Standard Grade Biology at 2 or above, or Intermediate 2 at B or above/National 5 at B or above. • Standard Grade Geography at 2 or above, or Intermediate 2 at B or above/National 5 at B or above. _______________________________________________ The aim of the Higher is to extend students’ knowledge and understanding of the environment. It seeks to demonstrate the interactions taking place between humans and the environment through a scientific treatment of the principles of ecosystems and contemporary resource use by society as a whole. The implications of these interactions for the future wellbeing of the environment in its widest context will be a central theme of the course. The course will develop the candidates’ scientific knowledge and experience by its consideration of principles, methods, data collection, interpretation and analysis. Investigative fieldwork will be conducted in local areas.

• Standard Grade Biology or Chemistry at 2 or above, or • Intermediate 2 Biology at B or above, or • National 5 Biology at B or above. This Higher considers those aspects of science which have immediate relevance to the biology of the human species and the influence of humankind on the biological world. Topics give emphasis to important developing areas of human biology including molecular biology, genetics, immunology, control mechanisms, human behaviour and the impact of an increasing population on the environment. Health issues are highlighted where appropriate.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Further and Higher Education courses. At Inverness College UHI there is scope for progression to HNC Applied Science, BSc Applied Science or BSc Environmental Science. Subsequent careers include those in science-based industry, lab analysis, applied science industry and conservation management.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Entry to many undergraduate courses (not necessarily related to environmental science/ studies) at universities and institutes of further and higher education. At Inverness College UHI there is scope for progression to HNC Applied Science, BSc Applied Science or BSc Environmental Science.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / F2F

1 Year

PT / OLW / F2F

1 Year

Courses | 203

NATIONAL 5 CHEMISTRY

HIGHER CHEMISTRY

SCQF LEVEL 5

SCQF LEVEL 6

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• Standard Grade Chemistry at grade 3 or above, or • Pass in National 4 Chemistry, or • A or B in Intermediate 1 Chemistry, together with equivalent of Standard Grade English and Maths at grade 3 or above. _______________________________________________

• Chemistry at Standard Grade 2 or above, or • Intermediate 2 at B or above, • and National 5 at B or above and Mathematics at Standard Grade 2 or above, or Intermediate 2 at B or above, or National 5 at B or above. _______________________________________________

Chemistry, the study of matter and its interactions, contributes essential knowledge and understanding across all aspects of our lives. Chemistry explains the links between matter and the macroscopic properties of the world. Chemistry research and development is essential for the introduction of new products and the chemical industry is a major contributor to the economy of the country.

This course can make an important contribution to the knowledge and understanding of the physical and natural world. You will benefit from studies of the social aspects of the discipline, which include energy sources and pollution, as well as from the development of a wide range of transferable technical skills such as laboratory techniques, numerical problem solving and scientific writing.

National 5 Chemistry is a one-year course designed to build on knowledge and understanding developed at Standard Grade/ National 4 level so as to lead on to Higher Grade Chemistry.

What can I do on completion of my course?

What can I do on completion of my course? Further and higher education courses. The varied skills, knowledge and discipline that the course can provide will give students a good starting point for further training leading to careers in areas such as scientific research, chemical manufacturing, and medicine. The challenging theoretical and practical aspects of the course will also prove an excellent introduction in food sciences, health and technology.

• Entry to many undergraduate courses (not necessarily related to chemistry) at universities and institutes of further and higher education. At Inverness College UHI there is scope for progression to HNC Applied Science, BSc Applied Science or BSc Environmental Science. The varied skills, knowledge and discipline that the course can provide will give students a firm foundation for careers in such areas as medicine, chemical manufacturing, chemical engineering and chemical research. The challenging theoretical and practical aspects of the course will also prove an excellent introduction to undergraduate courses in food sciences, health and technology.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / F2F

1 Year

PT / F2F

1 Year

204 | Courses

NATIONAL 4 MATHEMATICS

NATIONAL 5 MATHEMATICS

SCQF LEVEL 4

SCQF LEVEL 5

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• There are no entry requirements for the National 4 Mathematics course. _______________________________________________

• Standard Grade Mathematics at 3 or above, or • Pass in National 4 Mathematics, or • Intermediate 1 Mathematics at B or above. • Mature students with other qualifications should contact a member of the team. _______________________________________________

National 4 Mathematics is a one-year course designed to provide an introduction to using mathematics to solve real-life problems and to begin exploring important mathematical concepts used both in later courses and outside the classroom.

What can I do on completion of my course? Students can progress onwards to either National 5 Mathematics or National 5 Lifeskills Mathematics. The lecturers will provide guidance on which of these two courses to choose.

National 5 Mathematics is a one-year course designed to build on knowledge and understanding carried out at Standard Grade/National 4 level Mathematics so as to lead on to Higher Grade Mathematics. The course still aims to apply the mathematical skills and reasoning developed to problems based on real-life scenarios.

What can I do on completion of my course? National 5 Mathematics is often included in the entry requirements for further and higher education courses. The varied skills, knowledge and discipline that the course can provide will give students a good starting point for further training leading to careers in areas such as scientific research, teaching and nursing. If you wish to develop your mathematical skills you can progress to the Higher Mathematics course.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / OL

1 Year

PT / F2F / OL

1 Year

Courses | 205

NATIONAL 5 LIFESKILLS MATHEMATICS

HIGHER MATHEMATICS SCQF LEVEL 6

SCQF LEVEL 5 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Standard Grade Mathematics at 3 or above, or • Pass in National 4 Mathematics/National 4 Lifeskills Mathematics, or • Pass in Intermediate 1 Mathematics. • Mature students with other qualifications should contact a member of the team. _______________________________________________ National 5 Lifeskills Mathematics is a highly practical one-year course designed to extend numerical mathematical skills across a variety of real-life applications. The course also places greater emphasis on problem solving, risk assessment and making informed decisions based on mathematical reasoning and the results of mathematical computations.

What can I do on completion of my course? As with National 5 Mathematics, Lifeskills Mathematics is often included in the entry requirements for further and higher education courses. The varied skills, knowledge and discipline that the course can provide will give students a good starting point for further training in a wide range of areas. The practical nature of the Lifeskills course makes it particularly applicable to vocational subjects. It should be noted however, that if you wish to progress to Higher, National 5 Mathematics, rather than Lifeskills is required.

• Standard Grade at 2 or above. • Intermediate 2 Maths at B or above for units 1, 2, 3, or • National 5 Mathematics at B or above. • Mature students with other qualifications should contact a member of the team. _______________________________________________ Higher Mathematics is a one-year course that builds on the material in National 5/Intermediate 2 concentrating on the topics needed for study in higher education. Calculus, vectors, exponential and logarithms are introduced with an emphasis throughout the course on problem solving and evaluation skills.

What can I do on completion of my course? Higher Mathematics is often crucial for higher education courses. Students wishing to study many different courses including all Science and Engineering degrees would benefit from having achieved Higher Mathematics. At Inverness College UHI there is scope for progression to HNC Applied Science, BSc Applied Science or BSc Environmental Science. In Engineering there is the potential for access to a variety of HN and BEng degrees including Civil Engineering, Power Engineering, Engineering Systems and Electrical/ Mechanical Engineering.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / OL

1 Year

PT / F2F / OL

1 Year

206 | Courses

NATIONAL 5 ENGLISH

HIGHER ENGLISH

SCQF LEVEL 5

SCQF LEVEL 6

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• Standard Grade English at 3 or 4, or • Pass in National 4 English or • Intermediate 1 English at C or above. _______________________________________________

• Standard Grade at 2 or above • Intermediate 2 English at B or above. • National 5 English at B or above • Mature students with other qualifications should contact a member of the team. _______________________________________________

The National 5 English course will cover short stories (After the Dance, Iain Crichton-Smith), poetry (selected poems available online from The Scottish Poetry Library, Jackie Kay) and drama (J.B. Priestly, An Inspector Calls), as well as non-fiction texts for analysis.

What can I do on completion of my course? Students can progress onwards to Higher English.

The F2F Higher English course will cover non-fiction prose, (Joe Simpson, Touching the Void), poetry, (selected poems available online from the Scottish Poetry Library, Liz Lochhead), drama, (John McGrath, The Cheviot, The Stag and The Black, Black Oil), as well as non-fiction texts for analysis. The open learning Higher English course will cover poetry: Don Paterson, six poems (handout provided), drama: John McGrath, The Cheviot, the Stag and the Black, Black Oil (Bloomsbury Student Edition) and prose: Janice Galloway, The Trick is to Keep Breathing (Vintage) and is supported by the virtual learning environment (Blackboard) and email.

What can I do on completion of my course? On completion of Higher English with other appropriate subjects at Higher level, students will be able to progress to HNC, HND and undergraduate programmes of study in a wide range of subject areas.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / F2F

1 Year

PT / F2F / OL

1 Year

Courses | 207

NATIONAL 5 ESOL

HIGHER ESOL

SCQF LEVEL 5

SCQF LEVEL 6

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• Cambridge PET or National 4 ESOL or equivalent. • A college placement test and interview. _______________________________________________

• FCE or equivalent. • SQA Intermediate 2/National 5 or equivalent. • College placement test and interview. _______________________________________________

What can I do on completion of my course? • Progression to SQA Higher ESOL. • Progression to other college courses at level 6. • Progression to Cambridge CAE. • Both Cambridge CAE and Higher ESOL are valued for entry to college to study at HNC/HND level and are recognised by universities and business schools.

The SQA Higher ESOL course is delivered as part of the Highers programme. You will be able to read quickly enough to cope with an academic course, understand complex opinions, produce clear, well-structured and detailed pieces of writing, speak well with a good degree of fluency, and use English flexibly for social, professional and academic purposes.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Progression is to further courses within Inverness College UHI at Level 7, or to other Higher Education Institutions.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

PT / F2F

1 Year

PT / F2F / OL

1 Year

208 | Courses

Courses | 209

10 HOSPITALITY

SECTION TEN

HOSPITALITY

“I am leaving school and have 3 Highers at C or above.” “I am a mature learner with similar qualifications.”

“I am leaving school and have 1 Higher at C or above plus 4 Standard Grades at 3 or above, or 4 Int 1 at pass, or 4 National 4 at pass (inc English).”

BA (Hons) Event Management Year 1

Interview

HNC Events

Interview

NC Hospitality & Event Operations (L5)

“I am a mature learner with no formal entry requirements but have a keen interest in this subject.”

“I am leaving school and have 4 Int 1 passes, or 4 National 4 at pass (inc English).” “I am a mature learner with no formal entry requirements but have a keen interest in this subject.”

“I am leaving school/mature learner with no formal entry requirements but have a keen interest in this subject.”

212 | Courses

BA (Hons) Hospitality Management Yr 1

Interview

BA (Hons) Hospitality Management Year 2

BA (Hons) Event Management Yr 2

I want to work in Hospitality/events

HNC Hospitality

SVQ 3 Professional Cookery

SVQ 2 Professional Cookery (L5) I want to be a Chef

SVQ 1 Professional Cookery (L4)

NPA Professional Cookery (L4)

NPA Professional Cookery (L3)

Courses | 213

FOOD PREPARATION, COOKING AND FOOD SERVICE

PROFESSIONAL COOKERY SCQF LEVEL 5

SCQF LEVEL 4 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Mature students • No formal entry requirements. • Evidence of an interest in this subject should be demonstrated in your personal statement. • Work experience will be considered. School leavers • All applicants will be interviewed to assess their interest and ability in cookery. _______________________________________________ This course will teach you to be industry-ready for this fast paced environment. Our bespoke learning centre in the new training restaurants will motivate and enhance your learning and skills. Working with professional chefs, and experienced lecturers, you will have an understanding of what skills are required to work in the catering industry. After completion of this course you will have achieved SCQF Level 4 Food and Beverage Service and SCQF Level 4 Food Preparation and Cooking.

Mature students • No formal entry requirements. • Evidence of an interest in this subject should be demonstrated in your personal statement. • Work experience will be considered. School leavers • All applicants will be interviewed to assess their interest and ability in cookery. • SCQF Level 4 Food Preparation and Cooking. • Four Intermediate level 1, pass. • Four National 4 at pass. _______________________________________________ This course will teach you to be industry-ready for this fast paced environment. Our bespoke learning centre in the new training restaurants will motivate and enhance your learning and skills. Working with professional chefs, experienced lecturers and the Business Development unit, you will complete your course with a thorough understanding of industry needs to be employable. Achieving Professional Cookery will add a further understanding of the methodology of food production.

CONTENT

• • • • • • • •

• • • • •

Prepare and cook meat and poultry. Prepare and cook fish. Food safety. Health and safety. Team work. Table and tray service. Counter service. Customer care.

What can I do on completion of my course? • SCQF Level 5 Professional Cookery. • SCQF Level 5 Food and Beverage Service/Hospitality and Events Operations. • Employment in the hospitality industry.

Prepare, cook and finish soups, sauces and desserts. Prepare, cook and finish, fish, meat, poultry. Health and safety. Food hygiene. Team work.

What can I do on completion of my course? • • •

SCQF Level 6 Professional Cookery – subject to interview and skills test. Employment in the hospitality industry. HNC Hospitality.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F

1 Year

FT / F2F

1 Year

214 | Courses

case study Cookery students Cookery students at Inverness College UHI learn from the very best on the path to becoming culinary experts. Just ask the budding chefs who received the opportunity of a lifetime when they delivered a first class gastronomical experience to more than 40 guests with celebrated Skye restaurant, The Three Chimneys. Over two days, professional cookery students from Inverness College UHI, Inverness schools and a student from West Highland College UHI worked under renowned head chef Scott Davies to help prepare the delicious five-course taster menu. Speaking of the event, Diane Rawlinson, principal and chief executive at Inverness College UHI, said: “Highlands and Islands hospitality is legendary and as such, plays an enormous role in making our region the destination of choice for thousands of visitors each year. In order to nurture and grow this reputation for the future, it is vitally important we continue to develop home-grown talent.

“By partnering with the industry’s finest names, we can highlight the excellent career opportunities available in the region whilst also creating opportunities for budding stars to gain hands on experience with top chefs, restaurateurs and hoteliers.” The Three Chimneys’ restaurant manager, Priscila Picon, also led six hospitality and event management students to provide the highest standard of front of house services, giving them a taste of working life with an award-winning establishment. The meal, which included the finest Scottish ingredients, was served at Inverness College UHI’s Sheiling restaurant. The first of its kind in the Highlands, the pop-up event was developed in by Inverness College UHI and The Three Chimneys to raise the profile of hospitality careers, with profits going to the University of the Highlands and Islands’ new hospitality scholarship fund.

CASE Courses STUDY | 215

PROFESSIONAL COOKERY

HOSPITALITY & EVENTS OPERATIONS

SCQF LEVEL 6

SCQF LEVEL 5

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• Evidence of experience in this subject should be demonstrated in your personal statement and may be subject to a skills assessment. • All applicants will be interviewed to assess their experience and ability in professional cookery. • SCQF Level 5 Professional Cookery. _______________________________________________

Mature students • No formal entry requirements. • Evidence of an interest in this subject should be demonstrated in your personal statement. • Work experience will be considered.

This course is designed to prepare you to be industry ready for the fastest growing sector in the country. You will develop the skills, knowledge and confidence needed for a busy kitchen environment through a mix of college study, including working in the Training Restaurant and refectory in the new campus, visits to food suppliers, restaurants and hoteliers in the local area. Seminars from top industry experts from some of the most prestigious outlets in the Highlands.

School leavers • All applicants will be interviewed to assess their interest and ability in coordinating events, relevant work experience will be considered. • Four Intermediate, 1 pass, to include English, or • Four National 4 at pass to include English. _______________________________________________ This programme provides a practical and flexible introduction to the event and hospitality industry developing the knowledge and skills required to plan and deliver a range of successful events.

CONTENT

Opportunities to work with industry specialists will be available throughout the course.

• Complex pastry, hot and cold desserts. • Complex meat, fish, poultry and game. • Complex soups, sauces and dressings.

CONTENT

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC Professional Cookery – subject to interview and skills test. • Employment.

• • • •

Event industry: an overview. Event costing: an introduction. Event organisation. Marketing.

• Food and drink operations. • Hospitality events. • Customer care. • IT.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC Events. • HNC Hospitality. • Employment in a hospitality or event related industry.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / DR / BR / F2F

1 Year

FT / F2F

1 Year

216 | Courses

EVENTS

HOSPITALITY

HNC/SCQF LEVEL 7

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• One Scottish Higher at Grade C or above, plus four National 4 at pass including English, or • One A level at grade D or above, or • NC Events Co-ordination /Hospitality & Events Operations. • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements as listed above are encouraged to apply. • You may be asked to attend an interview. _______________________________________________

• One Scottish Higher at grade C or above plus four National 4 at pass including English, or • One A level at grade D or above, or • NC Events Co-ordination/Hospitality & Events Operations. • You may be required to attend an interview. • Previous experience in the hospitality industry may be taken into consideration in the application process. _______________________________________________

The HNC Events provides a qualification understood and respected by employers from a diverse range of industries. The course will provide a range of theoretical and practical skills required to become an events manager. Successful completion of the course will allow graduates to leave with a broad experience in organising as well as supporting events of all sizes.

CONTENT • • • •

Events: graded unit 1. Organising an event. Events industry: an introduction. Event legislation: safety and licensing.

• • • •

Event budgeting and funding. Marketing: an introduction. Information technology Communication

What can I do on completion of my course? On successful completion of the course you may seek employment as: • BA (Hons) Event Management Year 2 • A career as a Trainee Manager in event industry organisation.

Hospitality is a growth industry both nationally and internationally, covering hotels, restaurants, pubs, leisure and travel. It needs good, trained staff and this course introduces you to the supervisory skills required for a successful and fulfilling career. Our hospitality programmes aim to give you exciting and interesting practical experience, concentrating on the front of house skills required by all managers in a customer focused environment, and through our partnerships with external organisations.

CONTENT • • • • • • •

Hospitality industry. Hospitality supervision. Hospitality financial and control systems. Food hygiene intermediate. Food and beverage service. Hospitality graded unit 1. Front Office Procedures.

What can I do on completion of my course? • BA (Hons) Hospitality Management Year 2. • A career as a trainee manager in hotels, restaurants, industrial catering, pubs and residential homes.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year FT / 2 Years PT

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year FT / 2 Years PT

Courses | 217

HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT BA (HONS) LEVELS 7-10 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

• Three Scottish Highers at grade C or above, or • A levels at grade C or above plus. • Two Standard Grades at 3 or two GCSEs at grade C. • You may enter year 2 of the degree if you have successfully completed an HNC in tourism, hospitality or business, in some cases with a bridging unit. • You may enter year 3 of the degree if you have successfully completed an HND in tourism, hospitality or business. • If you have other relevant academic or professional qualifications or experience your application will also be considered. _______________________________________________

Year 1 – CertHE Core modules • Introduction to food and beverage services. • Preparing for work-based and placement learning. • Introduction to hospitality management systems. • Introduction to food production services.

Scotland is reliant on tourism and the Highlands have a proud heritage in hospitality. The BA (Hons) Tourism or Hospitality Management allows an opening into this diverse and dynamic industry through a well thought out mix of practical and hands-on education with a strong management focus. A wide range of industry links provide opportunities for networking and developing broad based experience, both at home and abroad.

Year 3 – BA Core modules • Research skills. • Quality customer care in the hospitality industry. • Corporate responsibility and sustainability in hospitality. • Collaborating in the digital economy. • Work placement: industry specific.

The course provides a strong element of work experience across each year of study to develop skills and experience. Students can choose to study specialised themes in either tourism or hospitality or both. Graduates will leave with either a BA (Hons) in Tourism Management or a BA (Hons) Hospitality Management, depending on their chosen specialism. A blended learning approach to delivery includes video conferencing, peer working groups and online tutorials and discussions. All are fully supported by tutors and studies advisors. This will be enhanced by regular networking, field trips and guest lectures and, where feasible, residential schooling.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F / VC / VLE

4 Years FT / 8 Years PT

218 | Courses

Year 2 – DipHE Core modules • Management accounting. • Skills for hospitality management. • Food and beverage operations. • Work placement: team working and communications. • Contemporary marketing.

Year 4 – BA (Hons) Core module • Business strategy.

What can I do on completion of my course? Extensive and diverse opportunities across both tourism and hospitality within: • • •

Hospitality operations and management. Front of house and customer facing roles in restaurants, bars, clubs, tourist attractions, tourist destinations or visitor centres. Setting up in business.

You can progress from the BA (Hons) Hospitality Management, after gaining relevant professional experience, to the following courses: • MSc Leadership and Management. • MSc Interpretation: Management and Practice. • MSc Leadership and eMarketing.

Courses | 219

SCIENCE, MATHS AND FORESTRY

SECTION ELEVEN

SCIENCE

“I have 3 Highers at BBC, two of which are science subjects, or completed an Access Course and I have Chemistry and Maths at National 5 at C or above.”

BSc (Hons) Applied Science

or “I have studied HNC Applied Science and would like to progress to year 2 of the degree.”

“I have 1 Higher at C or above in a science subject or completed an appropriate Access course.”

“I have some National 5s in Science and Maths and would like to extend my learning to higher level.”

“I have some background/ training in science and would like to study a range of National 5s in this area.”

“I have no formal training in science but would like to know more.”

222 | Courses

Interview

HNC Applied Science

BSc (Hons) Environmental Science

BSc (Hons) Archaeology & Environmental Studies

Entry onto Year 2, 15 credits are required.

Higher Clusters in Applied Science I would like to work in the science industry.

Certificate in Applied Science

Introduction to Science

Courses | 223

INTRODUCTION TO SCIENCE

CERTIFICATE IN APPLIED SCIENCE

SCQF LEVEL 4

SPECIFIC TO EACH NATIONAL 5

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• Entry is subject to interview. • Recommended numeracy at Level 4. _______________________________________________

• Entry is subject to interview. • A pass at National 4 or equivalent in each chosen subject is recommended. _______________________________________________

Introduction to Science is for students who have no formal training in science but would like to know more. Each of the sciences is covered with practicals and hands on training throughout the course.

CONTENT INCLUDES • • • •

Human body. Chemistry: an introduction. Physics. Forensic Science: an introduction.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Science and Maths at National 4/5.

The Applied Sciences are for students who have a basic training in science and would like to study more in this area. Successful completion of the course can lead to three National 5 awards. (Please see the Highers and Nationals section for more information on specific subjects.)

OPTIONS INCLUDE • • • • •

Biology. Chemistry. Physics. Maths. English.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Science Highers.

FOR MORE INFORMATION ON SCIENCE HIGHERS AND NATIONALS, PLEASE SEE PAGE 201.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Jan 2018

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F

18 Weeks

FT / F2F

1 Year

224 | Courses

APPLIED SCIENCE HNC/SCQF LEVEL 7 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

• One Scottish Higher at grade C or above, or • One A level at grade D or above. • The Higher or A level should be in a science related subject, preferably Biology, Chemistry or Physics. • You should also have a minimum credit level Standard Grade or National 5 in Chemistry and Maths or equivalent (e.g. the completion of our online Maths course), or • NC or NQ in a Science subject such as NQ Access to Science or NC Applied Science. • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements as listed above are encouraged to apply, relevant work experience and training will be taken into consideration. • You may be required to attend an interview. _______________________________________________

Year 1 – HNC Mandatory units include: • Applied Sciences: graded unit 1. • Laboratory skills for science industries. • Fundamental Chemistry: theory and laboratory skills. • Mathematics for science 1. • Statistics for science 1. • Cell Biology: theory and laboratory skills. • Biochemistry: theory and laboratory skills.

The HNC Applied Sciences course is a broad-based course offering an introduction to more advanced level science. You will study a range of fundamental skills and experience in science disciplines including laboratory skills in chemistry, microbiology and DNA technology.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

1 Year FT / 2 Years PT

Optional units include: • Fundamental chemistry: an introduction. • Physics 1. • Quality and Health & Safety systems in science industries. • Science industry: key issues. • Human body structure and function.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Careers available include working in biological sciences. • There is the possibility for can progress directly to year 2 of the BSc (Hons) Applied Sciences.

Courses | 225

APPLIED SCIENCE BSC (HONS)/SCQF LEVELS 7-10 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

• Three Scottish Highers at grade BCC or above, must include two science subjects, or • Two A levels at grade C or above in science subjects and Credit Level Standard Grade or National 5 Maths and Chemistry, or equivalent. • Direct entry to year 2 may be possible on successful completion of the HNC Applied Science (minimum 120 points and an A or B in graded unit required), other related HNCs will be considered on an individual basis. • Access to Science courses. _______________________________________________

Year 1 – CertHE Subjects include: • Biology. • Chemistry 1. • Science laboratory skills. • Collecting and analysing data. • Maths and physics for applied science.

BSc (Hons) Applied Science is a new degree offering skills and practical experience in subjects including biology, chemistry and instrumentation. You will experience a range of laboratory techniques in use in disciplines such as Microbiology, Biochemistry, Chemistry and Molecular Biology. On completion of the degree you will have gained experience and skills required for employment in industries such as biotechnology, food and drink, microbiology, environmental protection and in scientific research.

Year 2 – DipHE Subjects include: • Biochemistry and molecular biology. • Chemistry 2. • Advanced laboratory techniques. • Instrumentation. • Microbiology and biotechnology. Year 3 – BSc Subjects include: • Industrial chemical applications. • Genetics. • Research skills. • Introduction to risk and modelling. • Work placement. Year 4 – BSc (Hons) Subjects include: • Advances in biosciences. • Advances in physical sciences. • Modelling systems. • Engaging with external agencies. You will also complete a dissertation.

What can I do on completion of my course? Once you have successfully completed your BSc (Hons) Applied Science course, you may consider a career in: • • • • •

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F / VC / VLE

4 Years FT / 8 Years PT

226 | Courses

Biotechnology. Food and drink Industries. Environmental protection. Chemical industries. Research.

ARCHAEOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES BSC (HONS)/SCQF LEVELS 7-10 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Three Scottish Highers at grade C or above, or • Two A levels at grade C or above. • If you do not have these qualifications, but have relevant professional qualifications or experience your application will also be welcomed. _______________________________________________ Do you want to study in one of the best natural and archaeological landscapes in the UK? If the answer is yes, the BSc (Hons) Archaeology and Environmental Studies degree is for you. This course gives you the opportunity to focus on the scientific aspects of archaeology while combining your studies with sustainability issues, techniques in field- based evidence and ethics. The Highlands and Islands of Scotland offer some of the best nature and heritage conservation sites in the UK and the residential field modules, which form part of your studies, will enable you to experience these while developing your environmental and archaeological skills; skills that will provide opportunities to pursue careers in a wide range of research, policy or interpretation roles with a range of wildlife or heritage groups.

CONTENT Year 1 – CertHE Subjects include: • Environmental biology. • Archaeological theory & method. • Historical landscapes. • Ecological principles: biodiversity & ID skills. Year 2 – DipHE Subjects include: • Scottish archaeology. • Earth and soil processes. • Digital heritage. • Intro to Geographic Information Systems.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / VC / VLE

4 Years FT / 8 Years PT

Year 3 – BSc Subjects include: • Archaeological sciences. • Archaeological project or research skills project. • Archaeology & interpretation. • Strategic environmental monitoring. Year 4 – BSc (Hons) Subjects include: • Dissertation (double unit). • Sustainability past & present. • Engaging with external agencies.

What can I do on completion of my course? Once you have successfully completed your BSc (Hons) Archaeology and Environmental Studies course, you might like to consider a career in: • • •

Research. Policy development. Interpretation with a range of wildlife or heritage groups including Historic Scotland, Scottish Natural Heritage and the Forestry Commission.

• Archaeological contract units. • Consultancy. • Archives and museums. • Government agencies and local authorities. • Media and politics. • Tourism and heritage management. • Teaching.

You can progress from the BA (Hons) Archaeology and Environmental Studies to the following postgraduate courses: • • • • • • • •

MSc Sustainable Mountain Development. MSc Sustainable Rural Development. MSc Developing Low-Carbon Communities. MSc Sustainable Energy Solutions. MSc Archaeological Practice. MLitt Archaeological Studies. MLitt History and Archaeology of the Highlands and Islands. Range of research degrees available (MRes, MPhil and Ph.D.).

Courses | 227

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE BSC (HONS)/SCQF LEVELS 7-10 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

• 3 Scottish Highers are grade C or above, must include 2 science subjects (Higher Maths being desirable), or • 2 A levels at grade C or above, including one science subject. • You must have a minimum National 5, Standard Grade Credit, Intermediate 2 or equivalent in Chemistry and Maths. Physics at this level is also desirable. • Alternatively the completion of an appropriate Access to Science course. • Direct entry to year 2 may be possible on successful completion of the HNC Applied Science (minimum 120 points and an A or B in graded unit required), other related HNCs will be considered on an individual basis. _______________________________________________

Year 1 – CertHE Subjects include: • Environmental biology. • Environmental chemistry. • Science lab skills. • Ecological principles: biodiversity & ID skills.

If you are passionate about understanding the processes that shape our natural environment and keen to develop the scientific and analytical skills you need to work in this field, this brand new BSc (Hons) Environmental Science degree is exactly what you are looking for. You won’t find a better classroom in which to study than in the Highlands and Islands of Scotland. We have what is undeniably one of the world’s best ‘living laboratories’ in the spectacular natural habitats of the Scottish Highlands. Here you will develop core scientific and analytical skills through course work in college laboratories and access to specialist analytical equipment across the UHI network. You will also have the opportunity to undertake a residential field module each year at locations throughout the region, which will help develop your field skills while working in some of the most outstanding habitats.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / VC / VLE

4 Years FT / 8 Years PT

228 | Courses

Year 2 – DipHE Subjects include: • Freshwater environments. • Environmental conservation. • Marine environments. • Into to geographic information systems. • Ecological field methods & statistics (residential). Year 3 – BSc Subjects include: • Environmental analysis. • Management of the marine resource. • Research skills project. • Strategic environmental monitoring. • Microbial ecology. Year 4 – BSc (Hons) Subjects include: • Dissertation (double unit). • Engaging with external agencies. • Science & society.

What can I do on completion of my course? Once you have successfully completed your BSc (Hons) Environmental Science course, you might like to consider a career with: • • • • • •

Scottish Natural Heritage (area officer, research projects, interpretation). Scottish Environmental Protection Agency. (ecologists, soil or microbial scientists, hydrologists, marine scientists). Local authorities (biodiversity workers, environmental project work including flood alleviation, coastal zone protection, wildlife protection). Forestry Commission (biodiversity, native woodlands, species, GIS). Ecological consultancy work. National (e.g. RSPB) or local (e.g. Scottish Wildlife Trust) NGOs and charities.

You can progress from the BSc (Hons) Environmental Science degree to the following postgraduate courses: • • • •

MSc Sustainable Energy Solutions. MSc Developing Low-Carbon Communities. MSc Sustainable Mountain Development. MSc Sustainable Rural Development.

Courses | 229

FORESTRY

“I have 1 Higher at Grade C or above with one year’s experience in a woodland environment, or NPA in Woodland Operations.”

Interview

“I have 3 or more Highers at A or B grade.” I WANT TO WORK IN ARBORICULTURE

“I have 3 passes at Int2/ National 5 or Standard Grade Credit.” “I am considering a career in forestry and would like a taster of Higher level study in this area.”

Interview

“I have 3 passes at Standard Grade/National 4.” “I have an interest in practical forestry waste and woodland conservation.”

Interview

“I am a school leaver with no formal qualifications.” “I am a mature student with no formal qualifications but an interest in rural skills or equivalent. land based skills.”

230 | Courses

Interview

BSc Sustainable Forest Management

HND Arboriculture & Urban Forestry

HND Forestry Year in the industry

HNC Arboriculture & Urban Forestry

HNC Forestry

NPA* Woodland Operations

Certificate in Forestry*

Certificate in Land Based Skills*

*Min.age restrictions apply

Intro to Land Based Engineering*

Courses | 231

INTRODUCTION TO LAND BASED ENGINEERING

RURAL SKILLS NC/SCQF LEVEL 4

SCQF LEVEL 4 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Numeracy: Level 4 or equivalent. _______________________________________________ This course will provide students with practical, hands on, entry into either engineering or forestry. It will allow learners looking to work ‘with machines’ the chance to learn about and train in the use of large scale, diesel engines and associated equipment.

• You should be a minimum preferred age of 16 by 1 August 2017. • Have an interest in working in land-based industries including forestry, rural and estate work. • All applicants are invited to interview. _______________________________________________ This course covers a range of specialist forestry and conservation units and will provide you with basic rural skills.

CONTENT

• • • • • • • •

Employability skills for land-based industries. Accident prevention & emergency procedures. Land-based engineering: an Introduction to internal combustion engines. Introduction to forestry operations. Land-based engineering: an Introduction to land-based machinery. Industry experience. Information and communication technology. Hydraulics: an introduction.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Progression can be onto the NC Rural Skills, Certificate in Forestry, or Engineering courses at a similar level. Apprenticeships may also be available in this area.

Tree identification. Fencing. Tree planting. Weeding. Draining. Rural carpentry. Blockwork. Field drainage.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Employment in the areas of estate work, forestry, conservation, gardening or grounds maintenance. • Progress to Certificate in Forestry.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Jan 2018

Scottish School of Forestry

Aug 2017

Scottish School of Forestry

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F

18 Weeks

FT / F2F

1 Year

232 | Courses

FORESTRY CERTIFICATE/SCQF LEVEL 5

NPA WOODLAND OPERATIONS SCQF LEVEL 6

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • You should be a minimum preferred age of 17 by 1 January 2018. • Three passes at General Standard Grade/National 4. • Have an interest in working in woodland conservation and management. • All applicants are invited to interview. _______________________________________________ This course is designed to provide you with the underpinning knowledge and practical skills needed to be a skilled craftsperson in forestry.

CONTENT • • • • • • • • •

Chainsaw training. Tractor driving. Fencing. Tree planting. Tree identification. Tree felling. Clearing. Health and safety. Maintenance.

• You should be a minimum preferred age of 17 by 1 January 2018. • Three passes at Intermediate 2/National 5 or Standard Grade Credit. • Direct entry also possible from Certificate in Forestry subject to interview. • All candidates will be invited to interview. _______________________________________________ The programme will develop your practical skills, knowledge and understanding of the social and productive values of woodland. It allows students considering a career in forestry to experience a taster of higher level study in this sector.

CONTENT

What can I do on completion of my course? • • • •

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

NPA Woodland Operations. HNC/D Forestry. HNC/D Arboriculture and Urban Forestry. Working within the forestry industry.

• • • • • •

Coppiced woodlands. Green woodworking. Mobile saw-milling. Countryside woodwork. Forest ecology. Forest machinery maintenance.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC/D Forestry. • HNC/D Arboriculture and Urban Forestry. • Working within the forestry/conservation industry.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Scottish School of Forestry

Jan 2018

Scottish School of Forestry

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F

1 Year

FT / F2F

18 Weeks

Courses | 233

ARBORICULTURE AND URBAN FORESTRY HNC/D/SCQF LEVELS 7-8 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • One Scottish Higher at grade B or above and 4 Standard Grades at 2 or above, or • One A level at grade B or above, or • Certificate in Forestry. • Prospective students without the standard entry requirements as listed above are encouraged to apply. • Applicants will be invited to interview. _______________________________________________ Arboriculture and Urban Forestry involves working with and managing trees in an urban setting, such as towns or parks. This course is designed to provide the skills and ability to function as supervisors or self-employed contractors in arboriculture and urban forestry. Some prior knowledge would be preferable but not essential. Subjects include forest science, woody plant biology, arboriculture practice, work supervision practice, urban forests, woodland and green space, amenity tree management and woodland operations. CONTENT (subject to change) Year 1 – HNC Mandatory units are: • Arboricultural: amenity tree management. • Arboriculture and urban forestry: graded unit 1. • Arboriculture practice. • Employment and health and safety legislation for land based industries. • Forest Science. • Selection and management of machinery for land based industries. • Work supervision practice. Optional units may include: • Woodland nursery production. • Woody plant biology. • Arboricultural operations. • Communication Skills.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Scottish School of Forestry

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

HNC 1 Year / HND 2 Years with optional additional year in industry

234 | Courses

Year 2 – HND Mandatory units are: • Arboriculture and urban forestry: graded unit 2. • Establishment of woodland. • Forestry and other land use. • Forest design. • Forest policy and law. • Woodland ecology. • Getting started in business. • Job costing and business calculations. • Managing sites for biodiversity. Options may include: • Use of computers in forest management. • Software applications.

What can I do on completion of my course? • BSc Sustainable Forest Management (with Arboriculture and Urban Forestry). • Associate Member of the Institute of Chartered Foresters. • Career within the arboriculture and urban forestry industry e.g. tree surgeon/tree officer.

FORESTRY HNC/D/SCQF LEVELS 7-8 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

• One Higher at Grade B or above and 4 Standard Grades at 2 or above with one year’s experience in a woodland environment, or NPA in Woodland Operations. • Direct entry also possible from Forestry courses subject to interview. • Direct entry also possible if students have no experience, but have three or more Highers at A or B grade. • Applicants will be invited to interview. • Applicants should have gained their driving licence prior to commencement of their industrial placement year. _______________________________________________

Year 1 – HNC Mandatory units are: • Forestry: forest science. • Forest harvesting. • Establishment of woodland. • Forest mensuration and thinning control. • Forestry: timber sales and transportation. • Employment and health and safety legislation for the land based Industries. • Forestry: graded unit 1.

This course is designed to provide the skills and ability to function as a supervisor or self-employed contractor within the forestry industry. Subjects include forest science, establishment of woodlands, forest harvesting, forest mensuration and thinning control, timber sales and transportation, health and safety, work programming, silvicultural systems, forest protection, forest design, forest industries, and European forestry.

Year 2 - Placement Year

Optional units may include: • Woodland nursery production. • IT applications. • Communication skills.

Year 3 – HND Mandatory units are: • Forestry: graded unit 2. • Forest recreation. • Forestry and other land use. • Forestry industries market evaluation. • Forestry: financial control of forest enterprises. • Forestry: forest design. • Forestry: forest policy and law. • Forestry: forest protection. • Forestry: woodland conservation. • Forestry: woodland ecology. • Compulsory year in industry. Options may include: • Forestry: use of computers in forestry management. • Getting started in business. • Urban woodlands and green space.

What can I do on completion of my course? • •

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Scottish School of Forestry

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F

HNC 1 Year / HND 3 Years includes compulsory year in industry

On completion of your course you may be interested in pursuing a career as a forest supervisor/foreman or contractor. BSc Sustainable Forest Management.

Courses | 235

SUSTAINABLE FOREST MANAGEMENT (Hons) BSC/SCQF LEVELS 7-9 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Entry to year 1, as for HNC. • Entry to year 2 is 120 credits at HNC level. • Entry to year 3, BSc, is an HND in a relevant subject, such as HND Forestry, or HND Arboriculture and Urban Forestry. • If you have other, relevant academic or professional qualifications or experience, your application will be welcomed and considered individually. _______________________________________________ The BSc Sustainable Forest Management degree is a highly practical course that will give you all the skills and knowledge you need to become a successful forest or arboriculture manager. If you are looking for a rewarding career where you can provide professional advice to the land-based forestry sector and help secure our forests for future generations to enjoy, then this course is for you. You will study at the Scottish School of Forestry campus of Inverness College UHI where you have the option to specialise in either forest management and conservation, or arboriculture and urban forestry. A significant proportion of your work will be fieldwork-based projects where you will become experienced in the practical aspects of your chosen speciality. When you graduate you will have a technical management qualification and be experienced in all aspects of sustainable management in relation to forestry or arboriculture.

CONTENT Year 1 – HNC You will study either Arboriculture and Urban Forestry or Forestry. Year 2 – HND You will study either Arboriculture and Urban Forestry or Forestry (plus placement year for Forestry). For details of course content please visit the website.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Scottish School of Forestry

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / PT / F2F / VC / VLE / WP

HNC 1 Year FT / HND 2 Years / FT BSc 3 Years FT, PT longer

236 | Courses

Year 3 – BSc Options include: • Landscape design and land management. • Forestry for people: policy and practice. • Managing biodiversity in upland woodlands. • Sustainable land management. • Research skills. • Wood technology for amenity trees. Year 4 – BSc (Hons) (subject to approval) Options include: • Ecology and management. of native broadleaved woodlands. • Biodiversity Management. • Environmental impact assessment. • International Forestry. • Dissertation (2 credits).

What can I do on completion of my course? Once you have successfully completed your BSc Sustainable Forest Management course, you might like to consider careers in: • • • • • •

Local authority sector. Forestry companies. Private estates/landowners. Self-employment as an entrepreneur or consultant. Conservation organisations. Voluntary Services Overseas.

You can progress to: • • • •

MSc Sustainable Rural Development. MSc Sustainable Mountain Development. MSc Sustainable Energy Solutions. MSc Developing Low-Carbon Communities.

GEOGRAPHY BSC (HONS)/SCQF LEVELS 7-10 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • 4 Scottish Highers at grades BBBC including Geography or science and humanities related subjects, or • 3 A levels at grade C or above, with Geography at grade C or above preferred, or • BTEC Nationals at MMM or DD and above in a related subject, or • Relevant Access to HE diploma, plus • Minimum National 5 or Standard Grade Credit or Intermediate 2 or GCSE grade C in English and Maths. • Applicants with other relevant qualifications and/or experience are welcomed and will be considered on an individual basis. _______________________________________________ If you are inspired by understanding the world around us then geography is for you. Studying an exciting mix of physical and human geography, this course will equip you with the wide range of knowledge and skills need for the modern workplace. The BSc (Hons) Geography is an accelerated degree that can be completed in three years rather than the traditional four. Graduating early allows you to get out there and start earning, travelling or postgraduate study a year ahead of your peers. Fieldtrips are a valuable and memorable part of studying geography and this course includes visits in your local area, plus the opportunity to take part in residential fieldtrips to the Highlands of Scotland and to the Swiss Alps.

CONTENT Year 1–Cert HE Two semesters (Sep-Jan and Feb-June). Modules include: • Climate, land and people. • Introduction to sustainable development. • Economics and the state. • The environment of mountain regions.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FT / F2F / VLE

3 Years FT / 8 Years PT

Year 2–DipHE/BSc Three trimesters (Sep-Nov; Jan-Mar; May-July). Modules include: • Atmosphere, Weather and Climate. • Employability Skills for Geographers. • Earth Surface Processes. • Urban and Rural Geography. • Climate Change: Impacts and Adaptation. • The Geography of Tourism & Sustainability. • Research and Design Skills for Geographers. Year 3–BSc/BSc (Hons) Three trimesters (Sep-Nov; Jan-Mar; May-July). Modules may include: • Field Skills for Geographers. • Workplace Experience: Developing Transferable Skills. • GIS and Remote Sensing. • Sustainable Agriculture Systems. • Glaciation. • Natural Hazards and Mitigation. • Dissertation (double module).

What can I do on completion of my course? Once you have completed your BSc (Hons) Geography course, you could progress to a career in: • Government • Natural resource departments and industries, such as oil, agencies e.g. Scottish gas, coal, aggregates. Environment Protection • Water industry and flood Agency, Environment management. Agency, Scottish Natural • Environmental Heritage, English Natural consultancy. Heritage. • Waste and recycling. • Planning departments • Travel and tourism. of local authorities. • Public policy. You can progress from the BSc (Hons) Geography to: • MSc Sustainable Energy Solutions. • MSc Developing Low-Carbon Communities.

• MSc Sustainable Rural Development. • MSc Sustainable Mountain Development. • MSc Ecotourism.

Courses | 237

MODERN APPRENTICESHIPS

SECTION TWELVE

Modern Apprenticeship in AQUACULTURE

SCQF LEVEL 5/SVQ LEVEL 2

SCQF LEVEL 7/SVQ LEVEL 3

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

• Candidates need to be employed in a fish farm with at least three months experience. _______________________________________________

• Candidates need to be employed in a fish farm with at least two years experience, or have already achieved the SVQ Level 2 Aquaculture. _______________________________________________

This course is aimed at those who work in the fish farming industry, carrying out the daily husbandry duties on either a freshwater or marine site. The SVQ Level 2 Aquaculture is a recognised qualification which has been designed by the industry. It can be useful for progression within the student’s place of work and is particularly useful for those without any formal qualifications in aquaculture. It offers the candidate the opportunity to demonstrate the skills they have learnt, and also fill any gaps in their knowledge and understanding of the fish farm industry.

This course is aimed at managers, assistant managers, team leaders and people in a supervisory position in fish farms. Candidates who have successfully completed an SVQ Level 2 in aquaculture can also progress onto this course. The course aim is to assess the skills you require in your workplace to handle the many technical and managerial aspects of working in the Aquaculture Industry today. It gives candidates an opportunity to gain a nationally accredited award in SVQ Level 3 Aquaculture.

What can I do on completion of my course?

• SVQ Level 3 Aquaculture.

• SVQ Level 4 Aquaculture.

Employment as: • Farm Assistant. • Farm Technician. • Fish Husbandry person.

Employment as: • Farm Supervisor. • Farm Senior Technician. • Assistant Site/Farm Manager.

further information For further information or to apply, please contact the Business Solutions Team on 01463 273666 or email business.ic@uhi.ac.uk

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Rolling entry

Inverness Campus

Rolling entry

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

FL / WB

Flexible

FL / WB

Flexible

240 | Courses

Modern Apprenticeship in LIFE SCIENCE MA SCQF LEVEL 7

Modern Apprenticeship in BUSINESS AND ADMINISTRATION SCQF LEVEL 6/SVQ LEVEL 3

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • An A/B pass in a Science Higher or relevant work experience (in negotiation with college and employer). _______________________________________________ This is a course designed to train and develop life science technicians who are currently in full-time employment. Candidates develop both their underpinning knowledge and practical skills and gain credit for both. Course content includes SVQ Level qualification and NC or HNC in a Science related subject as laid out in the Sector Skills Council Framework.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC or degree. • Technical Apprenticeship in Life Science. Employment as: • Laboratory Technician. • Professional Technologist.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Candidates need to be employed in an office based environment. • Candidates must be working at a level where they can make routine decisions and participate in and make recommendations in developing basic procedures/processes. _______________________________________________ This course is designed for those employed within a business related environment, and is for people at various levels within business organisations, and therefore appropriate to many job roles from junior administrators through to office managers. The SVQ is based on National Occupational Standards developed by the sector skills body for this occupational area, the Council for Administration. The course is delivered through a mixture of assessor visits to the workplace, college attendance and the production of a portfolio of evidence.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC Administration/Business. • PDAs. Employment as: • Personal Assistant/Secretary. • Receptionist. • Office Supervisor. • Self-employed.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug / Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

DR / F2F

4 Years

DR / WB

18 months

Courses | 241

Modern Apprenticeship in ENGINEERING MANUFACTURE (CNC MACHINING)

Modern Apprenticeship in ENGINEERING MAINTENANCE (ELECTRICAL)

SCQF LEVEL 6/7/SVQ LEVEL 3

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Engineering is a fast moving and diverse industry with many routes. Each discipline is tailored to suit company needs while training the individual to a high competency level.

Engineering is a fast moving and diverse industry with many occupational routes. Each discipline is tailored to suit company needs while training the individual to a high competency level.

Content

CONTENT

Over the course of the four-year apprenticeship, candidates will work to achieve the SVQ Level 2 Performing Engineering Operations, ICT, Numeracy, Communications, Working with Others, and Problem Solving, a relevant National Certificate and SVQ Level 3.

What can I do on completion of my course?

• HNC Engineering Practice. • HNC Engineering Systems.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Throughout year

Work-based & Off-the-job training

Throughout year

Work-based & Off-the-job training

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

BR / WB / F2F

DURATION

BR / WB / F2F Up to 4 Years

242 | Courses

STUDY METHOD

Up to 4 Years

Modern Apprenticeship in ENGINEERING MAINTENANCE (MECHANICAL)

Modern Apprenticeship in VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR - WBA SCQF LEVEL 6/SVQ LEVEL 2/3

SCQF LEVEL 6/7/SVQ LEVEL 3 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Must be in relevant employment. • It is recommended that candidates should have Standard Grade at 4 or above, or Intermediate 1, or National 4 passes in English, Maths, a Science subject and Craft/Design Technology. _______________________________________________ Inverness College UHI continues to work closely with employers across the region to support the development of apprentices in a variety of disciplines. Studying within the structure of the Engineering Modern Apprenticeship, this course is a combination of work-based and college training and provides the dual benefit of students gaining a nationally recognised qualification while being paid as they work. Engineering is a fast moving and diverse industry with many occupational routes. Each discipline is tailored to suit company needs while training the individual to a high competency level.

CONTENT

• Candidates must be working in a relevant industry. _______________________________________________ This course is certified by the Institute of the Motor Industry (IMI) and designed for those employed in the motor vehicle industry. It is recognised and valued by employers.

CONTENT Over the course of the four-year apprenticeship, candidates will work to achieve the Diploma Level 5, SVQ Level 2, Diploma Level 7 and SVQ Level 3 , ICT, Numeracy, Communications, Working with Others, and Problem Solving.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC Automotive Engineering. Employment as: • Vehicle Fitter. • Vehicle Service Technician. • Body Repair Technician. • Parts Adviser.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC Fabrication/Welding and Inspection. • HNC Engineering Practice. • HNC Engineering Systems.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Throughout year

Work-based & Off-the-job training

Throughout year

Work-based & Off-the-job training

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

BR / WB / F2F

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

BR / F2F Up to 4 Years

Up to 4 Years

Courses | 243

case study Senior Management Apprenticeship Experience Apprenticeships at Inverness College UHI are so in-demand, senior members of staff have been getting in on the action. Keen to experience a day in the life of a modern apprentice, the team of seven senior managers joined classes as part of Scottish Apprenticeship Week in a range of subjects from engineering, motor vehicle maintenance, plumbing and bricklaying to hairdressing, childcare and business administration. Principal and chief executive Diane Rawlinson joined the apprentice bricklayers for the day to learn their highly sought-after craft. She was tasked with interpreting a working drawing and setting out a practical model with support from student, Owen Robertson. Speaking of her experience, Diane said: “Bricklayers are in high demand and short supply as a result of growing activity within the construction sector. “Having purpose-built training workshops at college creates the perfect environment in which to practise

244 | CASE STUDY

techniques, make mistakes and learn from them. This presents an excellent option for both students who want to combine training with employment and businesses ambitious to develop talent and nurture the next generation of tradespeople.” The assignment also highlighted the fact that not all apprenticeships require hard hats. Stephen Wells, director of corporate services, spent his day with the business administration apprentices working on reception. He said: “There is a wide variety of apprenticeships on offer, enabling learners to choose the option that best suits their interests and natural abilities. What’s more, when looking ahead to the job market, employability is a hugely important consideration. “Apprenticeships, whether they result in craft-based trade or an office-based profession, are an excellent option for those who want to stand out from the crowd.” For more information about apprenticeships at Inverness College UHI visit www.inverness.uhi.ac.uk

MODERN APPRENTICESHIP IN BRICKWORK SCQF LEVEL 6

MODERN APPRENTICESHIP IN CARPENTRY AND JOINERY SCQF LEVEL 6

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Must be in relevant employment. _______________________________________________ This programme is for those already working in the construction industry. Students will be working towards the PDA Bricklaying – SCQF level 6 and also working towards SVQ Level 3. Access information from www.bconstructive.co.uk Studying within the structure of a Modern Apprenticeship, the course is a combination of work- based and college training. It provides the dual benefit of gaining a nationally recognised qualification while being paid as you work.

CONTENT INCLUDES • • • • •

Setting out masonry substructures. Substructure walling. Cavity walling. Openings in walls. Decorative finishes.

What can I do on completion of my course? • PDA Bricklaying – SCQF Level 7. • Employment within the construction industry.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Must be in relevant employment. _______________________________________________ This programme is for those already working in the construction industry. You will work towards the PDA Carpentry & Joinery – SCQF level 6 and also working towards SVQ Level 3. Access information from www.bconstructive.co.uk Studying within the structure of a Modern Apprenticeship, the course is a combination of work- based and college training. It provides the dual benefit of gaining a nationally recognised qualification while being paid as you work.

CONTENT INCLUDES • • • • • •

Install second fixing components. Timber frames (internal and external). Ground and upper floor construction. Woodworking and power tools. Pitched roof construction. Domestic fitments.

What can I do on completion of my course? • PDA Carpentry & Joinery – SCQF level 7. • Employment within the construction industry.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug / Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug / Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

BR / F2F

4 Years

BR / F2F

4 Years

Courses | 245

MODERN APPRENTICESHIP IN PAINTING AND DECORATING

Modern Apprenticeship in DOMESTIC PLUMBING SCQF LEVEL 6/SVQ LEVEL 3

SCQF LEVEL 6 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Must be in relevant employment. _______________________________________________ This programme is for those already in the construction industry. You will work towards the PDA Painting and Decorating – SCQF level 6 and also working towards SVQ Level 3. Access information from www.bconstructive.co.uk Studying within the structure of a Modern Apprenticeship, the course is a combination of work- based and college training. It provides the dual benefit of gaining a nationally recognised qualification while being paid as you work.

CONTENT • • • • •

Foundation paper hanging. Basic decorative effects. Airless spraying. Patterned paperhanging. Colour schemes.

• Must be in relevant employment. • Four Standard Grades at 4 or above, or four National 4 passes. • All candidates must undertake the Plumbing Industry’s selection test with SNIPEF (Scottish and Northern Ireland Plumbing Employer’s Federation). www.snipef.org.uk ___________________________________________ Studying within the structure of a Plumbing Modern Apprenticeship, the course is a combination of work- based and college training. It provides the dual benefit of gaining a nationally recognised qualification while being paid as you work. Over the course of your four-year apprenticeship, you will work to achieve the SVQ Level 3 in MES Domestic Plumbing.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC/D courses in construction.

What can I do on completion of my course? • PDA Painting & Decorating – SCQF level 7. • Employment within the construction industry.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug / Sep 2017

Inverness Campus

Aug / Oct 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

BR / F2F

4 Years

BR / F2F

4 Years

246 | Courses

Modern Apprenticeship in ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SCQF LEVEL 6/SVQ LEVEL 3 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Four National 4 at pass. • All candidates must undertake the Electrical Industry’s Apprentice Entrance Selection test with SECTT (Scottish Electrical Charitable Training Trust). www.sectt.org.uk _______________________________________________ Studying within the structure of the Electrical Installation Modern Apprenticeship the course is a combination of work-based and college training. It provides the dual benefit of gaining a nationally recognised qualification while being paid as you work. Over the course of your four-year apprenticeship, you will work to achieve the SVQ Level 3 in Electrical Installation.

What can I do on completion of my course? • HNC/D courses in construction. • HNC/D Engineering Systems.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Aug 2017

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

BR / F2F

4 Years

Courses | 247

MODERN APPRENTICESHIP IN HAIRDRESSING SCQF LEVEL 5/SVQ LEVEL 2 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

CONTENT

• Candidates should be a minimum age 16 years and employed in a salon. Potential candidates will be required to complete a course application form. • A record of work experience and school references to ascertain time keeping and attendance are desirable and should be submitted with the application. • Three Intermediate 1 passes including English are recommended. _______________________________________________

Candidates will be required to undertake the following 8 units. The timetable will include both theory and practical tasks which must be supported by training in the salon;

Hairdressing is a creative discipline and personal qualities such as artistic flair, exceptional personal presentation, good communication skills, a friendly outgoing nature and a genuine interest in Hair craft are essential. Empathy with the public and the ability to assess client needs and expectations combined with artistic skill and underpinning knowledge will equip candidates for success in their field. Training is provided in our fully equipped salons at the Inverness College UHI Campus and is complimentary to training conducted in the workplace. The qualification is delivered as a partnership between Inverness College, the training provider, the employer (salon) and the student. A work diary should be completed by the student in the workplace and a minimum of two models per week is recommended in order to gain the necessary experience to complete the qualification. The Hairdressing Modern Apprenticeship Level 2 provides the opportunity to enhance the trainee’s technical skills and underpinning knowledge and is available by day release (one day a week in college) or block release (two weeks at college three times a year) over two years.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Rolling entry

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

DR / BR / F2F

Roll on Roll off 2 Year programme

248 | Courses

• • • • • • • •

Develop and maintain your effectiveness at work. Advise and consult with clients. Shampoo, condition and treat the hair scalp. Colour and Lighten hair. Style and finish hair. Set and dress hair. Cut hair using basic techniques. Plait and Twist.

The Level 2 Modern Apprenticeship also includes Core Skills at Access 3 that require separate certification at the level specified by the Modern Apprenticeship framework. Candidates that have already been certificated for any of the Core Skills do not need to repeat the units but it must be emphasised that all Core Skills must be achieved prior to progressing on to the second year of the course. All candidates are required to complete a portfolio of evidence (Log Book) for each unit and the essential knowledge and understanding requirements.

What can I do on completion of my course? • Hairdressing SVQ Level 3.

MODERN APPRENTICESHIP IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY & TELECOMMUNICATIONS (IT&T) SCQF LEVEL 5/SVQ LEVEL 2 & 3 ENTRY REQUIREMENTS It is recommended that candidates should have Scottish National Grades 4 (or equivalent) in English, Maths. Candidates should demonstrate the ability to; • • • • • •

Communicate effectively. Work within a team. Have an element of personal self-assurance. Have the ability and motivation to learn. Be fit and healthy. Live away from home where required.

Experience gained during work placements whilst at school or at out of school clubs in a relevant subject will also be useful. _______________________________________________ Inverness College as a training provider offers Modern Apprenticeships in IT and Telecommunications (IT&T) for students already in employment. Registration and certification of the qualification is through the awarding body e.Skills UK.

The Level 2 Modern Apprenticeship also includes the following Core Skills at Intermediate 2 level; Communication, Numeracy, Information Technology, Problem Solving and Working with Others, that require separate certification. Candidates that have already been certificated for any of the Core Skills do not need to repeat the units but it must be emphasised that all Core Skills must be achieved prior to progressing on to the second year of the course. All candidates are required to complete a portfolio of evidence (Log Book) for each unit and the essential knowledge and understanding requirements.

What can I do on completion of my course? • ICT SVQ 3 or HNC Administration & IT.

The Modern Apprenticeship is a two year programme delivered in partnership with the student, employer and training provider and comprises of the following components; SVQ Level 2 and Core Skills. The Level 2 SVQ will be delivered in the workplace and supported by college assessors. Core Skills should they be required will be delivered at Inverness College UHI. The Modern Apprenticeship Framework in IT&T has been designed through its pathway structure with career progression in mind. Candidates can build on achievements and it is possible to progress from Level 2 to Level 3. The Modern Apprenticeship in IT&T Framework provides the best possible preparation to achieving skilled people within the industry.

Start Date

CAMPUS

Rolling entry

Inverness Campus

STUDY METHOD

DURATION

DR / BR / F2F

2 Years

Courses | 249

funding your studies Students worry about money – it’s a fact! It is important to make sure that you sort out your finances as soon as possible to ensure that your funding is in place before you start your course. There are various types of funding available, depending on what type and level of course you are interested in. Most students who apply for a course get some form of financial support while they study. What you can apply for depends on the level of your course and your personal circumstances. The two main costs will be Tuition Fees (the fees charged by us to teach you) and Living Expenses (your accommodation, food, clothing etc).

FUNDING FOR FURTHER EDUCATION FULL-TIME: ACCESS, NATIONALS, SVQ, NC, NQ, HIGHER If you are interested in enrolling on a full-time further education course at Inverness College UHI you can apply for a Bursary or Educational Maintenance Allowance from the college Admissions and Student Funding Team. Most full-time further education students will be entitled to an automatic fee waiver. Short-term full-time courses will normally incur a fee but you may be eligible for a fee waiver depending on your personal circumstances e.g. if you are in receipt of certain benefits.

PART-TIME COURSES If you are interested in enrolling on a part-time further education course you can apply for a bursary to help pay for your travel costs and course expenses. Part– time students may be eligible to apply for Education Maintenance Allowance (EMA). If you are studying parttime, you will have to pay tuition fees. However, if you are in receipt of benefits or you are on a low income you may be eligible for a fee waiver – ask the Admissions and Student Funding Team or Guidance Team for a list of benefits that are accepted. Many of the part-time courses at Inverness College UHI are eligible for Skills Development Scotland ILA funding. Visit www.ila.scotland.org.uk for more information and to apply.

FUNDING FOR HIGHER EDUCATION FULL-TIME: BA, BSC, HND/DIPHE, HNC/ CERTHE If you are interested in enrolling on a full-time higher education course at Inverness College UHI, Scottish domiciled students and those from other European countries outwith the UK (excluding England, Wales and Northern Ireland) can apply to SAAS for tuitionfee support. The support received depends on your personal circumstances. For the eligibility criteria we recommend that you check the SAAS website or contact them by phone. Depending on your circumstances you may also be entitled to the following support: Student loans These are partly means tested against family income. Young Students’ Bursary This is available for students aged 25 or below from lower income families. This is dependent on family income and replaces part of the student loan. Independent Students’ Bursary (ISB) This is available for independent students and is dependent on family income. Additional grants are available to students with dependant responsibilities and for those students who have previously been in care.

FUNDING FOR HIGHER EDUCATION PART-TIME: BA, BSC, HND/DIPHE, HNC/CERTHE If you are studying part-time, you will have to pay tuition fees. You may also be able to apply to SAAS for a grant towards your course fees, see the SAAS website for details. For more information on part-time funding contact our Guidance Team. For more information on funding for higher education contact: The Student Awards Agency for Scotland (SAAS) 0300 555 0505

250 | x funding & fees

www.saas.gov.uk

You can phone us for further information, help and advice on 01463 273208 or pop into the Student Service Centre at Inverness Campus for a confidential chat.

For students living in the rest of the UK (England, Wales and Northern Ireland) studying a full-time degree, please visit:

CHILDCARE, DISCRETIONARY AND HARDSHIP FUNDS FURTHER AND HIGHER EDUCATION Childcare and discretionary funds may be available to students on FE and HE courses, once their core funding (student loan, SAAS and bursary funding) has been awarded. Childcare and discretionary funds are limited and are dependent on personal circumstances. Our experienced, friendly staff in the Guidance and Admissions and Student Funding Team will be able to give you help and advice on all aspects of funding the course you choose, whether itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s full-time, part-time, day release or home study.

www.Inverness.uhi.ac.uk/studying-at-ic/international

TRAVEL EXPENSES/ EQUIPMENT/BOOKS Apply for part-time further education bursary. You can find the Admissions and Student Funding Team and Guidance Team at Student Services on Campus. If your require further assistance please contact our Guidance Team on

01463 273208

guidance.ic@uhi.ac.uk

Fees and funding information is provided for guidance only and may be subject to government policy change.

funding & fees | 251

SUPPORT FOR YOU The Guidance Team, based in Student Services is here to help, either directly or to signpost you to a member of staff. Some examples of how the Guidance Team can help:

SKILLZONE

Courses: Information and choices. Finance: Funding, hardship, budgeting. Help filling in forms: Course and funding applications. Accommodation: Help and advice on where to look, and funding options. Childcare information: College and local nurseries. Wellbeing services: Free, private and confidential service for all students. Progression after your course: What to do next and where to look. Careers and Employability: Careers advice, preparation for employment, job search advice, support and guidance, mock interviews, help with your application. Careers coaching, life coaching and budget coaching: Coaching service to help with various issues affecting students. Links with agencies outwith college: Calman Trust, Barnardos, Highland Council and Skills Development Scotland

The SkillZone is the main “hub” for Essential Skills. It is located towards the rear of the Learning Resource Centre (LRC). Drop-in support sessions are timetabled and a regular ‘What’s on in the SkillZone this week’ is emailed to all students and PATs weekly. One to one appointments can be arranged for students who are unable to attend.

These are only some examples. Don’t worry if your question does not fit into any of these categories, the team will still try to help. To find out more about these services and to book an appointment:

Contact the Guidance Team at: Inverness Campus – Student Services Centre Monday to Friday 8.30am – 5.00pm Scottish School of Forestry Campus Wednesday and Thursday 9.00am – 12.00-noon

Essential skills include: • Core Skills. • Literacy. • Numeracy. • ICT.

ESSENTIAL SKILLS Why are essential skills important to you? All employers are looking for people who are reliable, good timekeepers, work well in a team, can communicate with customers and colleagues and can use their initiative. As part of your course you will develop Employability Skills, Citizenship Skills, the Core Skills of Communication, Numeracy, Information and Communication Technology, Problem solving and Working with others – all of which are essential in employment and for progression to a further course of study. Essential Skills are needed for all types of employment – developing them will help you achieve whatever you want to do.

Skills Development Scotland (1 – 7 Church Street Inverness) Tuesday and Friday 1.30pm – 5.00pm 01463 273208

• Working with others. • Problem solving. • Employability skills.

Guidance.ic@uhi.ac.uk

252 | x supporting you when you need a helping hand

HOW WILL YOU DEVELOP THESE SKILLS?

Wellbeing Service

In every class you will develop some aspect of Essential Skills. While you are learning you will be developing these other skills at the same time. For example, working in a team on a project â&#x20AC;&#x201C; will help you develop in many ways, including increasing your confidence, learning how to support one another, developing your communication skills, planning and organising. Online resources will help you to work out what your current levels are for Literacy, Numeracy and ICT. There are also resources available to help you to develop your employability and English language skills. You will be provided with a personalised learning plan. Help with the development of your Essential Skills is provided in the SkillZone and in Core Skills classes.

TRANSITIONS COORDINATOR SUPPORT FOR STUDENTS Inverness College UHI has a dedicated transitions coordinator who will act as a link between students and Personal Academic Tutors, Guidance, Learning Support and Student Finance. Students who may need this service are those for example who are care experienced, those who have anxiety issues, those with care responsibilities or maybe just need a bit more support moving to Further or Higher education. Our transition coordinator will help students settle in to college life quicker and ease the transition period as much as possible. They will provide information and general guidance to ensure students are prepared for their course and making the most of student life. They will have informal meetings with students to get to know them and support them throughout their time at Inverness College UHI where necessary. If you are thinking of coming to study with us and feeling a bit unsure about the process please just get in touch and arrange a visit to the campus and have a chat. The College was awarded the Buttle UK Quality Mark in 2014, which is presented to further and higher education providers who demonstrate their commitment to young people in and leaving care. The College will work hard to promote this to our students and offer the additional support where appropriate. Some students may also be eligible for additional funding so it is important students contact us.

A feeling of wellbeing and good health is very important for your studies and safety. At Inverness College UHI we have a range of self-help and supportive services to that can be tailored to meet your needs. We provide a confidential and non-judgmental space to work through your difficulty, to help you understand yourself better and find better ways of managing your life. One-to-one support is available for students who are finding it difficult to meet the demands of their course because of their personal circumstances, mental ill-health or short term difficulties. Wellbeing focuses on helping students to overcome difficulties to allow them to be successful in their studies and meet their potential. As part of our Wellbeing services we also offer free short term counselling. Our counselling team are highly trained and work within an ethical framework. We regularly liaise with external services (such as local NHS hospitals and community teams) to ensure students are able to access appropriate support with minimal impact on studies. Some quotes from previous students who have used the wellbeing service.

I feel that I am able to grasp my emotions a bit better and not let them take over my being. I feel that these sessions have helped me to be able to do things to help myself in difficult life situations. Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s helped me feel more relaxed about college in general and less stressed. Got my stress level down talking to someone. Helped me to get things off my chest, it helped me to better deal with problems outside. I have recognised my problems and how they can be improved to make everyday life better. The wellbeing service can be contacted on:

01463 273224

counsellor.ic@uhi.ac.uk

supporting you when you need a helping hand | 253

Helping you get employment ready Career Coaching At Inverness College UHI we want you to gain more than just the qualification – we want you to gain real-life skills that lead to better employment opportunities and better prospects. Employers are looking for job-ready graduates with work experience. At Inverness College UHI we can support you. It is never too early, or late, to think about your career or next steps in education. The guidance staff are available for one to one appointments and can help you to explore options, search for jobs and prepare for interview. We are available in the SkillZone on Mondays 12.00 – 2.00pm and Wednesdays 2.30 – 4.30 pm or contact the Guidance Team to make an appointment via 01463 273208, email guidance.ic@uhi.ac.uk or drop into the Student Services Centre to talk to a member of the team. If you are a higher education student (studying HNC, HND or Degree level) you can also access career coaching and employability resources via the UHI Career Centre website: www.uhi.ac.uk/en/ students/career-centre

Skills Development Scotland are also available in the Student Services Centre for appointments. Please contact the Guidance Team for availability.

create CREATE is the centre for enterprise and innovation at Inverness College UHI. Its ambition is to inspire, encourage and support students, staff and the business community to develop the knowledge, skills and motivation they need to realise their potential through enterprise.

The CREATE team helps students, staff and the business community achieve this by providing an exciting and engaging range of flexible programmes, courses, workshops and competitions. The team also works closely with the Scottish business community, and enjoys excellent relationships with the enterprise support network including, Business Gateway, Inverness Chamber of Commerce and Highlands and Islands Social Enterprise Zone.

STUDENT ENTERPRISE CREATE plays a critical role in the Highlands and Islands in providing a platform for students to access inspirational speakers and to take part in enterprising activities throughout the academic year. CREATE is the Highlands and Islands hub for the Young Enterprise Scotland initiative called Bridge 2 Business, which enables participants to: • Be more confident, creative, inspirational and realistic about the world of work. • Develop skills that will help with self-employment. • Take advantage of business start-up opportunities. • Meet and network with other entrepreneurial and motivational people. Enterprise workshops are run with the aim to help students develop enterprising skills, which in turn can help them shape their future and open doors to new opportunities. The workshops can vary depending on demand, and in the past we have offered the following topics: • • • • •

Enterprising YOU. Introduction to working for yourself. Develop your creative problem solving skills. Develop your networking skills. Develop your presentation and persuasion skills.

For further information contact: The CREATE team

01463 273 267

254 | x helping you get employment ready

ENTERPRISE IS EVERYWHERE!

The international exchange

As well as running workshops and courses, CREATE runs events throughout the year for the wider Highlands and Islands community proving that enterprise is everywhere and giving everyone the chance to develop enterprising and entrepreneurial skills.

This programme gives you a unique chance to study abroad as part of your degree at Inverness College UHI. It enables you to experience a new learning environment, introduces you to new perspectives while boosting your competencies and employability skills.

Two examples are a region wide student enterprise conference in association with Bridge2Business called ‘Get Inspired’ and a Business Ideas competition.

The programme is open to both full-time and part-time undergraduate students in year 2 or 3, depending on the programme of study. For an overseas exchange, you will pay for a visa, travel, insurance, accommodation and living costs. You will not need to pay tuition fees to the overseas university and you will still be eligible to receive any grant or loan to which you are normally entitled.

Get Inspired is a region wide initiative bringing inspirational and enterprising organisations face-toface with students. The purpose of the festival is to inspire innovation, creativity and enterprise throughout the Highlands and Islands region. Held each year, the extensive programme of events includes presentations from local and national business figures, sector-focused events and networking opportunities. The Business Idea Competition takes place each November. Launched in 2006, the competition gives students and members of our wider community the chance to win funding by pitching their idea to an expert judging panel. Since then, the competition has seeded the start-up of significant numbers of businesses through its collaboration with the region’s enterprise support organisations. The competition is open to all residents aged 16 years or over from throughout the Highlands and Islands, Moray and Perthshire (subject to terms and conditions). For further information contact: The CREATE team

Erasmus Erasmus is the European Union’s flagship educational exchange programme for higher education students, teachers and institutions. It enables free movement of students between similar university departments and programmes across Europe. Under the Erasmus scheme you will be eligible for funds to help you with travel and living costs while you are abroad. You will remain eligible for SAAS funding. You will be able to transfer your academic credits from your host institution towards your award at Inverness College UHI. With the UK and therefore Scotland’s place in the EU being uncertain, there will never be a better time to take the opportunity to study abroad in Europe.

WHY GO?…WHY NOT! You have everything to gain, from improving your CV to acquiring an international network of new friends!

01463 273 267

The global outlook to your studies At Inverness College UHI you can choose to complement your studies with an overseas learning experience: ranging from a year or a semester abroad to a short study programme. In taking advantage of this experience, you will have an opportunity to learn about other cultures and develop a greater sense of selfawareness, confidence, independence and maturity.

helping you get employment ready | 255

case study Bridge 2 Business Enterprising students Abbygail Sutherland and Nicholas Gallagher have been given the opportunity to make their ideas a reality, thanks to Inverness College UHIâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Bridge 2 Business (B2B) initiative. The pair were named B2B champions, giving them a springboard to explore their enterprising interests as part of an extensive pan-Scotland student network, as well as play an important role in promoting enterprise skills at the college. Abbygail, an HNC Events student, was selected for the support she has given Create (Inverness College UHIâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s centre for innovation and enterprise) to organise and promote enterprising conferences and events for fellow students. Her extra-curricular commitments were also recognised when Abbygail won the student engagement award at the 2015 college prizegiving.

256 | x case study

A father of two, Nick completed an SVQ Level 3 in professional cookery at Inverness College UHI. Nick was chosen for his drive and creativity, which have enabled him to develop business interests of his own, build excellent working relationships and take control of his future. His connection with enterprise started in 2014 when he picked up the prize for best researched idea at Createâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Highlands and Islands Business Idea Competition. His enthusiasm and evident entrepreneurial flair led him to receive an award for most enterprising student last June.

case study Inverness College UHI Create Creativity and imagination are celebrated at Inverness College UHI, with award-winning student Anna Renouf a perfect example. The 29-year-old entrepreneur, a keen horse rider from Invershin, took the honours in the Scottish Converge Challenge Elevator Pitch competition with her idea to develop a new saddle tree design. Anna first shared her idea at the Inverness College UHI Create Centre’s pan-Highlands and Islands business idea competition, where she won £1,500 prize money for the most innovative idea and best engineering and technology idea. The latest accolade from the Converge Challenge, Scotland’s biggest entrepreneurship development programme, will now see Anna compete to win the top prize in September, which is worth £150,000 in prize money and support to make her idea a reality. Speaking of her success, Anna said: “I’ve had the idea for some time now, but have been developing

it more seriously since entering Create’s Business Idea Competition. I believe the design could have a revolutionary impact on horse welfare, as it will transform a design which has stayed the same for hundreds of years. “Since the competition, my journey to make my idea a reality has really gathered momentum. Entering these challenges has really helped me hone my entrepreneurial skills while giving me the conviction that my business idea has real potential. “What’s more, the prize money will help me take my business to the next stage by funding the development of a physical prototype.” Scotland’s premier company creation competition and entrepreneurial development programme, the Converge Challenge, brings together the most ambitious and creative thinkers from academia, research and business.

case study | 257

Employer links Our fantastic links with local, regional and national employers offer excellent opportunities to our students from real life projects to scholarships and access to part–time or full–time job vacancies or Apprenticeships. 1. Visual Design students helped North Highland Radio design a new brand.

2. Two Architectural Technology students started internships at the beginning of 2016 with Turner Construction in New York.

3. Award winning restaurant the Three Chimneys of Skye did a pop-up restaurant at Inverness College UHI in February 2016. Staff and students worked alongside front of house staff and chefs from the Three Chimneys.

258 | x employer links

4. Dicksons of Inverness supported the Art and Design students by offering their showroom as a venue for the ‘Connections’ exhibition in May 2016.

5. Drama and Performance students produced a collection of Celtic inspired plays in partnership with Inverness Museum and Art Gallery.

case study International business short course Inverness College UHI offers the perfect opportunity to experience the fast-paced world of international business with a distinctly Scottish twist, as 24 students and their lecturers from three American universities found out. The students, from Jacksonville and Stetson Universities in Florida and Utah Valley University, honed their skills in international business, intercultural communication and business organisation, while having the chance to put their learning into practice by working on projects with businesses including WOW Scotland, Speyside Craft Brewery, Cantray Bridge College’s social enterprise, the Calman Trust and the Highland Archive Centre. Talks from local business people such as Willie Cameron and a local MSP ensured they benefitted from a wide range of inputs and opinions. The students also had the chance to immerse themselves in Highland culture by visiting iconic locations such as Loch Ness, Fort George, Inverness Castle and the Isle of Skye, rounding off their experience with a special Burns Supper in the college’s Sheiling restaurant.

Speaking of the visit, Audrey Milton, International Development Executive at Inverness College UHI, said: “The visit has been a great opportunity for the students to contextualise their classroom learning in an international situation and to examine the similarities and differences between organisations in the USA and Scotland. “The students have certainly enjoyed seeing the sights and meeting with local people and businesses throughout the programme with Inverness College UHI. The course is a great way to promote the Scottish Highlands as a fantastic place to travel for study and leisure. The feedback from students and lecturers was excellent, with many indicating that they are inspired to return to Scotland in future.” For more information about international opportunities at Inverness College UHI contact.

International.Office.ic@uhi.ac.uk

case study | 259

International Students and Summer School Programmes We extend a warm welcome to students from around the world who want to study a UK qualification and develop an understanding of Scottish culture and heritage. We understand how challenging it can be for to leave home and study in a foreign country – that’s why we’ve put services in place to offer help and support in many ways, from offering guidance with your visa applications, to arranging social activities. Our International Office provides assistance to all international learners throughout the admissions process, arrival in the Inverness area, induction and throughout their course of study. You can receive assistance with the following: • • • • • • • • • •

Guiding you through your settling-in period. Introducing you to the College and your tutors. Applications and visa advice. Assist you with searching for accommodation. Registering with a GP (doctor). Induction activities. Bank accounts, local tax, etc. Information about places of worship. Pastoral & welfare support. Arranging for English classes.

Contact: International Office, 1 Inverness Campus, Inverness

01463 273544

guidance.ic@uhi.ac.uk

InvernessCollegeUHI

ACCOMMODATION FOR International STUDENTS Inverness College UHI has brand new residential accommodation on campus, which is accessible for International Students. For young people preferring to

260 | international students

experience being part of a family in Scotland, we also have a range of families who open their homes to act as hosts to International Students.

International SHORT COURSES AND SUMMER SCHOOLS The College offers a range of short courses and summer schools, giving people from Colleges and Universities around the world the ability to augment their studies by visiting and learning in the Highlands. ‘The Scottish Highland Experience’ is a 4, 6 or 8 week programme which is tailored to the specific educational requirements of groups of students, providing opportunities to undertake real-life case studies with Highland businesses, coupled with a full cultural programme. An example of activities on programmes delivered to date include: • • • • • •

A choice of case study options, working on live business problems with Highland based companies. An introduction to Highland Culture and History. Visits to historically important sites, such as Castles, Fortifications and Battlefields. Whisky and Gin tours. Field trips to stunning island locations with stunning mountain ranges and beautiful beaches. Presentations and lectures from local business leaders and/or politicians.

Call or email our international office, who will design your bespoke experience package with you.

international students | 261

EARLY LEARNING AND CHILDCARE CENTRE For many people, childcare is an important consideration when entering further and higher education. Inverness College UHI boasts fantastic nursery facilities, catering for the children of students as well as staff. Our team of 18 nursery staff follow the Scottish Government’s Pre-Birth to Three and Curriculum for Excellence Frameworks, providing care and learning for new born babies and children up to age five in an excellent educational environment. The team tailors its approach to the needs of the child, providing care that reflects his or her routine at home. The nursery is fully equipped to cater for all of your child’s needs, from naps to nappy changes. The children benefit from excellent garden facilities as well as a large indoor space, encouraging active play in the outdoors in all weathers. The nursery is currently working towards its Green Flag as part of the Eco Schools initiative, and the nursery children regularly take part in fun green activities such as growing their own fruit and vegetables, planting trees and spending time at the nursery’s own woodland area at the Scottish School of Forestry. Learning is led by the children, and together they are given the freedom to explore their interests. A typical morning session will see the children gather for Together Time to discuss the learning for the day, followed by the day’s activities. After tidying up, the children come together for Circle Time to reflect on what they have learned before sitting down together for lunch. Under new Scottish Government guidelines, all children aged three to five are entitled to 190 minutes free nursery care each day. This funded session takes place between 8.50am and 12.00pm each day. Other schemes are also available to help parents cover the cost of childcare. Please contact the nursery on 01463 711176

ICChildcare.Centre.ic@uhi.ac.uk

to find out more.

262 | x early learing and childcare centre

College Courses for School Pupils The Senior Phase gives students a chance to develop their skills and knowledge and build a portfolio of qualifications. Inverness College UHI works in partnership with Highland Schools to give students a greater choice in the subjects and qualifications that they can undertake while in the final years of secondary school. The school-college programmes are designed to: • Broaden students’ curriculum choices. • Enrich students’ educational experiences. • Help students to develop knowledge and skills for employment and further study. • Help ease students’ transition from school to further learning or employment. Our College Courses for School Pupils brochure provides options which are available to young people who choose to complete some of their senior phase at college. For more information please contact Evelyn Campbell, Access & Progression Manager 01463 273207

Why do it? • Get the skills that employers want. • Gain a National Qualification recognised by employers. • Work with local employers. • Step into an exciting and growing industry that needs skilled people. • Complete elements of a Modern Apprenticeship. • Gain experience to boost your CV or college university application. • Set out on a great career future. Programmes on offer at Inverness College UHI: • Civil Engineering. • Social Services and Healthcare. • Social Services (Children and Young People). • ICT Hardware/System Support. • Business Skills.

www.Inverness.uhi.ac.uk/forschools/schoolscollege-courses

Foundation Apprenticeships Foundation Apprenticeships are an exciting opportunity developed by Skills Development Scotland to support greater industry engagement with education. Schools, colleges and employers are now working in partnership to offer senior phase pupils opportunities to attain industry-recognised qualifications along with academic studies while still at school. Each programme on offer will include a workplace activity, which will further enhance the skills required within the workplace. On completion of the Foundation Apprenticeship, students will be equipped with an enhanced CV enabling them to make an informed choice of either pursing a Modern Apprenticeship, going to College or University or moving into employment having gained confidence in their skills for the workplace.

foundation apprenticeships | 263

student association The Inverness College Student Association is here to: • • •

Provide student representation. Provide social and leisure events and activities. Provide welfare information and referral service for students.

When you enrol at Inverness College UHI you will automatically become a member of Inverness College Student Association (ICSA). You can decide your level of involvement – some students are very heavily involved in ICSA, whereas others choose not to be – it’s entirely up to you. Throughout the year we organise events and activities; from sports to charity fundraisers. Becoming an active member allows you to learn new skills and have a voice in the life and work of the college. We have positions available for voluntary officers roles for students who feel like this would be something that interests them; however you don’t have to be an officer to be in the student association, just speak to us and start getting involved. Our Student Partnership Agreement (SPA) helps to focus and maintain the lines of communication between students and the college, helping to create partnership between students and staff. Last year we had the biggest freshers’ fayre Inverness College has seen and this year we will continue to improve even more. Freshers’ fayre is a great opportunity to get involved with local businesses and companies that you may have a taste for or perhaps unearth a hidden interest in our clubs and societies. Most importantly we aim to give a warm welcome to all new and returning students prior to the oncoming year. We also have links with a number of local pubs and clubs offering students discounted food and drinks and specific student club nights. ICSA helps students in the college focus their interests in creating new clubs and societies. The move to the new campus gave ICSA and the students greater opportunities to communicate with each other and led to the opportunity to establish

264 | x student association

many new clubs and societies that up until now had never been available. Our clubs and societies include a gaming development society, a drama society, anime and manga society and the continuation of the LGBTQ+ society Alliance. We also have our sports clubs: basketball, football, badminton, mixed martial arts and volleyball with the hopes of further development this year in all our clubs competing with other colleges and universities. The basketball team have already led the way with competing and achieved great success so far. We have introduced new volunteer positions into the ICSA team, to accommodate the growing demand in representation of different areas of the student body. An example of this is our sports officer who played a big part in the organising of clubs and is a link between clubs and students. We also changed the Campus Liaison Officer to the Scottish School of Forestry Officer to ensure our students who attend the SSF (Scottish School of Forestry) Balloch campus are included and that we hear the voice of all students. We hope we can continue to represent and reach more students increasing the awareness of who we are and what we do. Thus being able to really make a positive difference to the learning experience.

ENCOURAGING YOU TO GET INVOLVED Your views and suggestions

Mentors and buddies

We want every student to be able to express their views. As a student you can give us your feedback and suggestions through a variety of means. You can attend focus groups, attend course team meetings, take part in student surveys, attend Student Association meetings, or share your ideas and suggestions for improvements with our Student Engagement Officer and Quality Unit at any time.

The student mentor network brings together more experienced students with those new to further and higher education to share their knowledge and experience. It is an informal arrangement and training is provided.

All collated data is used to implement change and enhance student experience. We feedback actions we have taken in response to your feedback through ‘You Said We Did’ communications across the college.

Become a Class Representative Class Representatives act as a link between students and the College and play an important role in representing the views of the students. As a Class Rep you will gather feedback, ideas and concerns from your classmates and present them at the Student Representative Council (SRC). As well as the SRC, you can attend Course Team Meetings (CTM) for further involvement in shaping your course and its direction. It is a great way to improve your confidence, boost your CV but more importantly make real visible change for your classmates.

Volunteering Volunteering is a fantastic way to boost your CV and is greatly rewarding. Inverness offers many opportunities to get involved in the local community, widen your networks and learn new skills through volunteering. Opportunities are presented at Fresher’s Fair as well as promoted via the College and the Student Association throughout the year. If there is anything specific you are looking for the College can also work with you to find that opportunity. These can be on a one-off basis, or a regular commitment – whichever suits your needs.

Student Ambassadors Being a Student Ambassador will bring you into contact with a range of people from different backgrounds: current and prospective students, pupils from schools throughout the Highlands, lecturers, officers, parents, teachers, employers and your fellow Ambassadors. The role is highly valued and it would be a significant addition to your CV as well as a boost to your confidence and communication skills. The time commitment can vary depending on the time that you are able to spare. If you are reliable and have good communication skills, enjoy working with young people and are willing to share your knowledge and experience about life as a student, then it’s you who we are looking for!

get involved | 265

graduation and prize giving GRADUATION If you have successfully completed a higher education course (SCQF Level 7 or above) you will receive an invitation to attend our annual Graduation Ceremony. Details of the 2017 ceremony will be published on our website: www.Inverness.uhi.ac.uk

Prize giving Prize giving is one of the most important days in the college calendar and a memorable one for all. Prize giving recognises the personal achievement of students across the subject areas, with prizes sponsored by employers and notable individuals in the region, and nominated by lecturing staff and peers. The celebration is a time for recognising the journey some students take to succeed, whether itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s overcoming personal barriers or simply being a positive role model for others. Details of the 2017 ceremony will be published on our website:

www.Inverness.uhi.ac.uk

266 | x graduation and prize giving

POST GRADUATE research Inverness College UHI has established and growing research, brought together under the theme of sustainable rural environments. FRESHWATER SCIENCE The Rivers and Lochs Institute, at Inverness College UHI, works to develop integrated, multidisciplinary research to advance understanding of Scottish freshwater ecosystems and the nature and extent of freshwater biodiversity. The Rivers and Lochs Institute has a new cutting edge, purpose built research laboratory for undertaking molecular genetics analysis, and is an exceptional opportunity for students to gain experience in the latest analytical techniques and associated research in this field. Professor Verspoor has worked as a researcher and advisor in the field of aquatic biodiversity for over 35 years, including 22 years as a principal scientific officer to the Scottish government. He has authored more than 150 peer-reviewed scientific papers, research reports and book chapters and was the lead editor of the book â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Atlantic salmon: genetics, conservation and management.â&#x20AC;&#x2122; Since helping to found the Rivers and Lochs Institute in 2012, Professor Verspoor has overseen the development of its research programme, postgraduate teaching and academic collaborations. His own research is focused on expanding our understanding of biodiversity in Scottish rivers. This includes leading research initiatives such as the Inverness College UHI River Carron Restoration Project and, with national and international collaborators, securing a UK research council grant to develop molecular markers for discriminating farm and wild salmon. He also contributes to many other international research collaborations related to fish species such as Atlantic salmon and Arctic charr. Three research centres support research postgraduate students â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the Rivers and Lochs Institute (focusing on freshwater science and management), the Centre for Remote and Rural Studies (specialising in social and rural policy) and the Scottish School of Forestry. Studying for a research degree at Inverness College UHI is an opportunity to study in a unique and exciting environment, undertaking research that is locally relevant and of international importance and working with researchers dedicated to ensuring the creation of research excellence in the heart of the Highlands and Islands.

REMOTE AND RURAL STUDIES The Centre for Remote and Rural Studies is an interdisciplinary social science based research centre based at Inverness College UHI, focused on social and public policies in the Highlands and Islands of Scotland and comparable rural and remote regions. The centre focuses on three crosscutting themes: access and inclusion; sustainability; and managing change.

FORESTRY Forestry training and research is based at the Scottish School of Forestry (SSF). SSF has 40 years of experience delivering education in Sustainable Forest Management, and supports a growing research postgraduate community which is well placed to take advantage of a prime location for studying commercial and native forests in the Highlands, and benefit from established connections with the forestry sector in Scotland and Europe. In addition to the core research centres, staff in the College undertake research in specialist subject disciplines linked to degree delivery across the UHI partnership, for example in energy and engineering, psychology, literature, pedagogy and the performing arts. These staff ensure new and developing research in their field is placed at the heart of the curriculum, presenting students with the opportunity to develop their own ideas and projects aligned with the cutting edge of their chosen subject.

research | 267

research (contâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;d) As part of the University of the Highlands and Highlands, the College works closely with other academic partners on specific research projects in the supervision of postgraduate research students and in the development of research capacity. We also work with a range of industry, business and public organisations, addressing research questions directly informing management and policy. Research at Inverness Campus occupies purpose built office and laboratory facilities, known as the Research Hub. There is focus on collaborative research, across the College, with the wider UHI partnership and with other universities and organisations. The College has a growing research postgraduate community, at Masters and Doctoral levels. The College works closely with the UHI Graduate School, which is the focal point for all postgraduate scholarly activity throughout the university. The Graduate School is developing a strong research culture in which students can flourish and interact with the wider UK and international academic community. Support services include a comprehensive training programme, which ensures a range of skills can be developed and tailored to individual student needs.

268 | x research

If you are interested in finding out more about our research and becoming a research student contact: Melanie Smith Head of Research and Postgraduate Development t: 01463 273080 e: melanie.smith.ic@uhi.ac.uk

developing your business Inverness College UHI is expert in designing and delivering education, training and development programmes for businesses across a wide range of sectors, as well as providing access to a wide range of funded and partly funded support services. Our offer includes:

Our customer service

• • • • • • • • •

We have an excellent reputation with businesses, large and small, from a wide range of sectors for our responsiveness and high level of customer service.

Education and training programmes from basic to post graduate level. Modern Apprenticeships: recruitment, selection, training and assessment. Work Based Learning and vocational qualifications, including: bespoke training and NVQ/SVQ. Scheduled and bespoke short courses, including professional and licence related courses. Pre-recruitment training programmes to equip unemployed people with the specific skills that your business needs. Work experience and graduate placements. A wide range of funded and part funded programmes such as Knowledge Transfer Partnerships (KTPs) and programmes to increase innovation and entrepreneurship through our ‘CREATE’ team. Customised pre-recruitment programmes to address skills needs. Access to our iconic building for events and meetings.

As the leading training provider in the Highland region and a partner in the University of the Highlands and Islands, we have established links and partnerships across the region giving you access to a wealth of specialist knowledge and expertise and the full range of Government funding, grants and incentives, to reduce the costs of training and development wherever possible.

Our experience We are a well-established training provider with a huge amount of experience in working with local, regional and national businesses. We offer competitive prices and genuine value for money, having access to a wider range of funding than private training providers.

Our flexibility Flexible, distance and blended learning options are available to fit around your business needs. Plus, our experience and specialist industry knowledge across a range of sectors also means that we can design bespoke programmes, tailored to your specific requirements.

Our industry-expert tutors Our tutors have a wealth of industry experience and keep up-to-date with the latest industry standards and changes in sector regulations. This ensures that our training provides your staff with the skills and knowledge they need to work confidently and productively.

Our excellent facilities and resources Our state of the art new buildings, which opened in 2015, offer a range of high industry standard workshops and laboratories supported by the latest computer technology. Our practical facilities include: engineering machine rooms; electrical workshops; motor vehicle and construction workshops, professional training salons, the ‘SEAM’centre for micro-renewable training and specialist training restaurants. The Scottish School of Forestry is well equipped to deliver a range of professional academic qualifications. Our range of conference facilities, IT suites and restaurants can be booked for events.

developing your business | 269

Our Modern Apprenticeship performance and expertise Our Modern Apprenticeship success rates are among the highest in the UK at over 85%. Our Business Solutions team is expert in supporting employers to introduce apprenticeships to their workforce, whilst maximising Government funding and minimising associated bureaucracy.

Our access to funding Our teams have an excellent record of accessing funding to support training from a wide range of sources including: Skills Development Scotland; University of the Highlands & Islands; ESF (European funding); UKCES and local Government. This ensures that we can maximise the use of available funding to make your staff development budget go further. The latest information on available funding is provided on a leaflet in the back of this brochure.

Our research expertise Our research is focused on being international and world leading in several key disciplines, including freshwater science, social policy and literature. As part of the University of the Highlands and Islands, 69% of the research submission to the UK wide Research Excellence Framework achieved the two top grades: internationally excellent and world leading. Our research in forestry is developing in line with sector needs, with opportunities for research studentships that will link directly with a key industry for Scotland, and researcher expertise in forest biodiversity and ecology, timber technology and social forestry. Our Rivers and Lochs Institute has a cutting edge new facility for molecular genetics analysis focused on research in freshwater biology, but capable of handling DNA sample analyses to address a range of biodiversity and ecosystem related questions.

Training Needs Analysis Our Business Solutions Team has a wide range of expertise and sector experience and works in partnership with your business to develop a tailored training needs analysis. From this assessment of your company’s training needs, we can support your organisation in devising a training plan, maximising the use of available funding and grants to ensure that training is cost effective and responsive to your business needs.

270 | x developing your business

Modern Apprenticeships Our dedicated Business Solutions Team is expert at supporting employers to develop and implement Modern Apprenticeship programmes, including: • • • • • • •

Identifying the appropriate Apprenticeship type to meet skill needs. Providing information on the availability of any additional grants. Supporting the recruitment of suitable candidates. Providing access to funding for travel and accommodation, dependent upon the location of the Modern Apprentice. Arranging training and assessment, both on and off the job. Monitoring the progress of the Apprentice through regular reviews. Handling the Government paperwork relating to the apprentice and access associated funding.

Our Business Solutions Team has experience across a wide range of sectors, ensuring that we understand your business requirements and develop Apprenticeships to suit your business needs.

SEAM The Sustainable Energy And Micro-renewables (SEAM) Centre at Inverness College UHI has been created to provide training and information in renewable energy and sustainable construction. Our award-winning facility has demonstration renewable energy equipment installed and well-appointed classroom space for teaching. This creates an ideal learning environment for combining the theory and practical elements of our courses. We have fully qualified and experienced teaching staff to deliver our training.

Training for installers We provide a range of training courses for renewable energy installers covering different technologies, such as solar PV, solar hot water, heat pumps and biomass heating systems. Our courses are certificated by the British Plumbing Employers Council (BPEC) and are an ideal way for installers to gain qualifications that recognise their competence and assist in gaining Microgeneration Certification Scheme accreditation.

Awareness of environmental technology

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT AND EMPLOYER ENGAGEMENT

The SEAM Centre offers a two-day general awareness course for renewable energy. This provides a thorough background on the policy, economic and environmental aspects of renewable energy solutions. It also looks at all the major small-scale renewable energy technologies and uses theoretical and practical teaching to help candidates increase their understanding of how these systems work and their different advantages and disadvantages.

Whether it’s just an idea or a small enterprise still in its early stages, CREATE is geared up to support individuals to realise their ambitions to start a new business or owner managers to build and grow their business.

Workshops and seminars We can also deliver short workshops on renewable energy for businesses, communities and school groups. These provide an introduction to the subject and give people a good understanding of the basics of renewable energy, and help them to consider their next steps for using renewable energy at home or work.

HIGH IMPACT ENTREPRENEURIAL STAFF DEVELOPMENT The Scottish Entrepreneurship and Enterprise Educators’ Programme (SEE) is a staff development programme which aims to provide high quality personal and professional development and equip participants to become informed, flexible and professional enterprise educators. The programme does not form a traditional education ‘about’ programme but rather a development programme ‘for’, and is designed to be practical, interactive and fun through stimulating discussion, and experimentation. The programme includes four modules:

The CREATE team develop and deliver high impact entrepreneurial training and development for the local business community, particularly in the areas of business start-up, innovative and design thinking, pitching and networking. In 2015, this was enhanced further with the launching of the Catalyst programme. Catalyst was developed for small rural business owners with small rural business owners, targeting their needs and developing their entrepreneurial skills; improving their leadership practices and the productivity of their business and delivered either face-to-face or virtually, to suit the business. Catalyst has been found to significantly enhance business owners’ leadership and entrepreneurship skills. To apply or to discuss a potential course contact Head of CREATE, Carol Langston, on 01463 273374.

For more information, please contact the Business Solutions Team:

01463 273666

business.ic@uhi.ac.uk

www.inverness.uhi.ac.uk/business

Module 1 – mind set for enterprise and entrepreneurship. Module 2 – developing enterprising capacities. Module 3 – understanding and supporting entrepreneurship in all contexts. Module 4 – being enterprising in your educational practice. For more information contact Carol Langston on 01463 273374.

developing your business | 271

Course index A Access to Motor Vehicle

C 160

Care Cluster

198

Early Education and Childcare NC

Access to Nursing

Care Higher (SCQF Level 6)

199

Electrical and Mechanical Engineering BEng

151

Accounting HNC

Care & Administrative Practice HNC

Electrical Engineering with Electronics

147

Accounting HND

Care Practice Flexible Programme

Electrical Installation SVQ 3

247

Acting and Performance HNC

114

Electrical Installation Pre-apprenticeship

146

Administration & Information Technology NC

Carpentry and Joinery Modern Appenticeship

245

Electrical Installation and Renewables Pre-apprenticeship

146

Administration NPA

Certificate in Applied Science National 5

224

Electrical Power Engineering Systems BEng

152

Certificate in Human Resource Practice (CIPD)

Employment Based assessment in Fabrication and Welding/Engineering Maintenance/Manufacture/Production Engineering SVQ 3

168

Administration and Information Technology HNC Adult Foundation (National 1 & 2)

132

Applied Science BSc (Hons)

226

Applied Science HNC

225

Aquaculture SVQ Level 2

240

Aquaculture SVQ Level 3

240

Arboriculture and Urban Forestry HNC/D

234

Carpentry and Joinery PDA

204

Chemistry Higher (SCQF Level 6)

204

Child & Youth Studies BA (Hons)

Child, Health and Social Care NC

Childcare and Development Higher Childhood Practice BA (Hons) Childhood Practice HNC

Archaeology and Environmental Studies BSc (Hons) Architectural Technology BSc (Hons)

227 154

Art and Design (Portfolio) NC

100

Automotive Engineering HNC

170

b Beauty Care NC

180

Beauty Care and Makeup NC

177

Beauty Therapy HNC

180

Beauty Therapy HND

181

Biology Higher (SCQF Level 6)

201

Biology National 5 (SCQF Level 5)

201

Book-Keeping PDA Brickwork Modern Apprenticeship Bricklaying SVQ PDA Brief Interventions for Substance Misuse PDA

35 245 86 67

British Studies M.Litt

124

Built Environment Design

148

Business and Administration SVQ 3 Business & Information Technology NPA Business and Management BA (Hons) Business Management Higher

272 | x course index

37 241 31 39 200

Engineering Maintenance (Electrical) SVQ 3

166/242

Engineering Maintenance (Mechanical) SVQ 3

166/243

199

Engineering Manufacture (CNC Machining) SVQ 3

165/242

Engineering Practice NC

162

Engineering Skills SVQ 1 (SCQF Level 4)

161

Civil Engineering BEng (Hons)

156

Engineering Systems HNC

149

Coaching and Developing Sport HNC

188

Engineering Systems HND

150

Coaching and Developing Sport HND

189

English for Academic Purposes

Community Link

130

English National 5 (SCQF Level 5)

207

Computing BSc (Hons)

English Higher (SCQF Level 6)

207

Computing HNC/D

Environmental Science BSc (Hons)

228

Computing: Technical Support NC (SCQF Level 5)

Environmental Science Higher (SCQF Level 6)

203

Computing (SCQF Level 5)

ESOL Elementary Part-time (SCQF Level 2)

Computing (SCQF Level 6)

ESOL Full-time (SCQF Level 2)

ESOL Full-time Level 4 (SCQF Level 3/4)

Computer Networks and Systems NPA

ESOL Full-time Level 5 (SCQF Level 5)

Construction Contracting OPS: Estimating

148

ESOL Intermediate Part-time (SCQF Level 3/4)

Construction Contracting OPS: Site Tech Support

149

ESOL Higher (SCQF Level 6)

Contemporary Art Practice HND

101

ESOL National 5 (SCQF Level 5)

Construction (General) NPA

Contemporary Art and Contextualised Practice

102

Counselling Skills COSCA Certificate

Critical Enquiry MEd

Business HNC

Chemistry National 5 (SCQF Level 5)

140

D Digital Media Basics NPA

Digital Media Editing NPA

Events HNC

96 217

f Fabrication Welding and Inspection HNC

169

Fabrication and Welding SVQ 3

167

Fitness, Health and Exercise HNC

186

Fitness, Health and Exercise HND

187

Food Preparation, Cooking and Food Service (SCQF Level 4)

214

Diploma in Human Resource Practice (CIPD)

Domestic Plumbing Modern Apprenticeship

246

Forestry Certificate

233

Drama and Performance BA (Hons)

117

Forestry HNC/D

235

G General Construction Maintenance Geography BSc (Hons)

L 85 237

Leading and Managing Care Services UHI CPD Award

Psychology BSc (Hons)

176

Light Vehicle Maintenance & Repair IMI Level 1

161

Light Vehicle Maintenance & Repair IMI Diploma (SCQF Level 5)

164 165

118

Radio Broadcasting NPA

102

Rural Skills NC

232

177 60

Health and Social Care Supervision PDA

Health and Wellbeing MA

Literature BA (Hons)

Health Studies BA (Hons)

History & Literature BA (Hons)

120

Hospitality HNC

217

Hospitality and Events Operations

216

Hospitality Management BA (Hons)

218

Human Biology Higher (SCQF Level 6)

203 41 111

Information Technology & Telecommunications Modern Apprenticeship

216

Promoting Excellence in Dementia Skilled Practice PDA

206

Light Vehicle Maintenance & Repair IMI Diploma (SCQF Level 6)

Infection Control MSc

Professional Cookery SCQF Level 6

Lifeskills Mathematics National 5 (SCQF Level 5)

Hairdressing SVQ 2

Humanities NQ

214

176

Hairdressing SVQ 1

Human Resource Management MSc

Professional Cookery SCQF Level 5

241

248

Health and Social Care NC

Leadership and Management MSc

Life Science MA

Hairdressing Modern Apprenticeship

Hairdressing SVQ 3

79 249

Introduction to Art and Design (SCQF Level 4)

Introduction to Art and Design (SCQF Level 5)

100

Psychology Higher

M Management School Post Graduate Courses Mathematics Higher (SCQF Level 6) Mathematics National 4 (SCQF Level 4) Mathematics National 5 (SCQF Level 5) Mechanical Engineering NC

43 206 205 205 147

Mechanical Engineering SVQ 2 (SCQF Level 5)

163

Media NC

103

Medical Administration

Mental Health: Peer Support Worker

O Office Administration PDA Options National 1 Oral Health Science BSc

34 130 70

200

Q Quantity Surveying HNC

153

s Science Higher Cluster

198

Scottish History and Literature BA (Hons)

122

Skillsbuilder (National 2)

132

Social Science BA (Hons)

112

Social Science NC (SCQF Level 5)

109

Social Science NC (SCQF Level 6)

110

Social Services HNC

Social Services (Children and Young People) SVQ Level 3

Social Services and Healthcare SVQ Level 2

Social Services and Healthcare SVQ Level 3

Sports & Fitness

194

Sport & Fitness BSc (Hons)

194

Sports Management BA (Hons)

190

Sport Studies

185

Sustainable Forest Management BSc

236

Introduction to Business Management and Accounting

Introduction to Care Practice

Introduction to Construction

Painting and Decorating PDA

Introduction to Counselling

Painting and Decorating Modern Apprenticeship

246

Vehicle Maintenance and Repair SVQ 3

167

Pathways to Study and Employment 3

134

Visual Communication HND

107 108

Outdoor Pursuits NC

184

Introduction to Digital Culture in Media

104

Introduction to Engineering

160

Pathways to Study and Employment 4

134

Visual Design and Communication BA (Hons)

Pathways to Study and Employment 5

135

Introduction to First Line Management CMI Introduction to Media Studies

104

Introduction to Land Based Engineering

232

Introduction to Science

224

Person-Centred Counselling and Psychotherapy DIPHE PDA Administration of Medication

Web Design Fundamentals NPA

Welding and Fabrication SVQ 2 (SCQF Level 5)

163

Welding and Fabrication Engineering NC Level 5

162

Welding and Fabrication Engineering NC Level 6

164

Woodland Operations NPA

233

Workplace Assessment PDA (L&D 9Di)

138

Physics Higher (SCQF Level 6)

202

Physics National 5 (SCQF Level 5)

202

Introduction to Sport, Fitness and Outdoor Studies

184

Introduction to Tutoring ESOL PDA

Post Graduate Diploma in Education (Primary)

139

Introductory Certificate in Financial and Management Accounting

Preparation for Uniformed and Emergency Services NQ

181

course index | 273

HOW TO FIND US INVERNESS COLLEGE UHI MAIN CAMPUS

1 Inverness Campus Inverness IV2 5NA 01463 273000 01463 711977 info.ic@uhi.ac.uk www.Inverness.uhi.ac.uk

274 | x how to find us

SCOTTISH SCHOOL OF FORESTRY

Viewhill, Balloch Inverness IV2 5EA 01463 273600 01463 792497 info.ic@uhi.ac.uk www.Inverness.uhi.ac.uk

open to the public Everyone is welcome at Inverness College UHI. Whether it’s to enjoy a coffee and cake in one of our cafés, to visit our salons or restaurants or to take a look around our fantastic facilities. HAIR AND BEAUTY

For further details on booking an event, email:

Our contemporary Brèagh Hairdressing and Beauty Therapy salons offer an eclectic mix of professional hair and beauty treatments in a relaxing environment. Whether it be a trim or colour, make-over or manicure, our students are trained in the latest trends and we pride ourselves on delivering an excellent customer experience. All our treatments are carried out by students under the supervision of fully qualified and industry experienced lecturers. We use Wella and Nioxin products with both ranges available to buy. Hair and Beauty Treatment Menu £25.00

Cut, shampoo and blow dry

£5.00

Gents cut and finish

£6.00

Nioxin conditioning treatment Semi-permanent colour

from £25.00

Colouring treatments

from £11.00

Manicures Depilation (full leg, half leg, bikini, underarm, chin, lip, eyebrows)

from £4.00 £3.00 per area

HOSPITALITY SERVICES Our students are trained in a real work environment, helping them gain the hands-on experience they need to hit the ground running when they enter the hospitality and catering profession. The Sheiling Restaurant, our fully licensed training restaurant, serves delicious and varied menus. Our students prepare, cook and serve the food in the restaurant, as part of their training, with support from our Restaurant Manager and College Lecturers. Our food is freshly prepared – with great emphasis on local and seasonal produce. Check our website for opening times and booking details, and for restaurant reservations and further information please telephone: 01463 273323

£6.00

Facial electrotherapy treatment Aromatherapy massage (three week course)

events.ic@uhi.ac.uk

£18.00

A full price list and details of all treatments can be found on the college website at: www.inverness.uhi.ac.uk/about-us/open-to-the-public

With treatments at such good value, come along and treat yourself without the guilt! The salon is open daytimes and evenings at varying times. To make an appointment please call: 01463 273273

EVENTS We have a range of rooms and facilities available for event hire. The ease of accessibility and parking, together with the availability of hospitality and catering, make this an exciting venue choice for the local community.

sample dinner menu Sweet Potato, Coconut and Butternut Squash Soup ....................... Hot Smoked Salmon Beetroot Crouts, Vodka Crème Fraiche, Dressed Leaves ....................... Mozzarella & Red Onion Tartlet (v) Herb salad & balsamic glaze ....................... Roast Sirloin of Beef Fondant Potato, Roasted Root Vegetables, Chasseur Sauce ....................... Lamb Rump Dauphinoise Potatoes, Roasted Root Vegetables, Rosemary Jus ....................... Wild Mushroom Gnocchi (v) Rocket & Parmesan Salad ....................... Trio of Desserts Vanilla Upside Down Cheesecake, Sticky Toffee Pudding, Berry Panacotta ....................... Scottish Cheeseboard

Lunch £7.50 (2 courses) £9.50 (3 courses)

Dinner £10.50 (2 courses) £13.50 (3 courses)

open to the public | 275

got a question? we are here to help

01463 273 000 info.ic@uhi.ac.uk www.inverness.uhi.ac.uk

open days Saturday 29th October 2016 (10am-1pm). Thursday 12th January 2017 (5-7pm). Wednesday 1st March 2017 (5-7pm). Thursday 6th April (5-7 pm). Tuesday 30th May 2017 (5-7pm). Tuesday 8th August 2017 (5-7pm). twitter.com/ic_uhi facebook.com/invernesscollegeuhi

This prospectus is available in alternative formats on request